1

KỲ THI CHỌN HỌC SINH GIỎI TRƯỜNG

LỚP 10 THPT NĂM HỌC 2014 - 2015

-----------------------------

Môn: TIẾNG ANH

Thời gian: 180 phút (không kể thời gian giao đề)

ĐIỂM

........................

NHẬN XÉT

…………………………………………………………

…………………………………………………………

…………………………

PHÁCH

...........................

-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

I. PHONETICS: ( 10 points)

Part 1: Choose the word that has the underlined part pronounced differently from the others.

1

a. camera

b. famous

c. glad

d. family

2. a. gulf

b surface

c. submarine

d. current

3. a. ocean

b. undersea c. beneath

d. deep

4. a. pollute

b. species

c. accept

d. receipt

5 a. club

b. lamb

c. doubt

d. bomber

Part 2: Choose the word whose main stress is placed differently from the others,

1. a. tobacco

b. contented

c. buffalo

d. transplanting

2. a. scientific

b. atomic

c. impossible

d. professor

3. a. entertain

b. communicate

c. receive

d. complain

4. a. computer

b. important

c. villagers

d. condition

5. a. television

b. community

c. atmosphere

d. damage

II. VOCABULARY & GRAMMAR (20 points)

Part 1: Choose the word or phrase which best completes each sentence. Circle the letter A, B,

C or D next to the correct word or phrase.

1.

We don't allow ................. in the classrooms.

A. people smoke

B. smoke

C. people to smoke

D. to smoking

2. What a dangerous thing to do! You .................. have been killed!

A. may

B. can

C. must

D. might

3. By the time I applied, all the hoilday vouchers ................. used up.

A. had been

B have been

C. were

D. are

4. I felt as if I ................... a confidence.

A. have betrayed

B. would betray

C. had betrayed

D. am betraying

5. His job was to………….out the good apples from the bad ones.

A. sort

B. find

C. choose

D. share

6. How could you have .......................... him for your brother?

A. confused

B. considered

C. thought

D. mistaken

7. The book …………consists of 4 parts, has been translated in French.

A. which

B. in which

C. to which

D. on which

8. If we want to ……….up with them we’d better be hurry.

A. come

B. arrive

C. approach

D. catch

9. The grocer's shop ................... since the supermarket opened.

A. closed

B. has closed

C. has been closing

D. is closed

10. In ten year's time the population of the world...................... to 500 million.

2

A. grows

B. is growing

C. has grown

D. will have grown

Part 2: Read the text below. Use the words given in capitals at the end of each line to form a

word that fits in the space in the same line.

My ideal job

One thing I know is that I wouldn't like to have an occupation

OCCUPY

that has anything to do with physics, (1) .................................. or maths;

CHEMIST

I am not the (2) .................................. type at all. In fact at school, I was a

SCIENCE

complete (3) .................................. in these subjects. Neither am I very

FAIL

good at dealing with people, nor am I (4) .................................., so jobs in AMBITION

business, administration and (5) .................................. don't really interest MANAGE

me either. Moreover I find it (6) .................................. to be surrounded by IRRITATE

a lot of people; I would much rather have a job involving creative

work or (7) .................................. skills of some sort. I'd like to have the

ART

chance to work outdoors (8) .................................. and perhaps do a bit of

OCCASION

travelling too. I am not (9) ............................ concerned about becoming PARTICULAR

rich but I would like to have a (10) .................................. income - enough

REASON

to live comfortably.

1.

2.

3.

4.

5.

6.

7.

8.

9.

10.

III. READING (35 points)

Part 1: Read the text about booking a flight and put the following sentences in the correct

order. There is one sentence that you don't need to use. Write the letters A, B, C, ... next to

the numbers. Number 1 has been done for you as an example.

When you want to book a flight to a certain place, visit your nearest travel agent. Tell the

travel agent the date when you want to travel and the destination to which you want to go. The

travel agent will then type the information into a small computer. After checking everything on the

computer screen, he/she will send the information to a central computer. The central computer

contains all information about bookings and destinations, and sends a reply, showing which are the

most suitable flights. It also shows whether the flights are fully booked or not. The information

which is now shown on the small computer screen is continually changing as other bookings are

made in other parts of the world.

The travel agent now types in your booking, then the computer will ask for your name and

address as well as for certain other information. It will also ask how you will pay for your ticket

(by cheque or by credit card). Next the computer confirms the booking and makes a request for

payment. When you have paid for your ticket, the travel agent types the information into the

computer as well. Finally, some computers print out a ticket before you leave the travel agent’s.

A.

Details about the flights and seats available are sent back.

B.

The computer then wants information about the method of payment.

C.

The tickets are issued either at that time or later.

D.

The computer asks for personal details.

E.

Make your request to the travel agent and give him/her all the details.

F.

Your request is then checked and sent to the main computer.

G.

Go to a travel agent.

H.

The computer asks for payment.

I.

The computer asks for the flight number.

J.

The travel agent fills your initial request into a small computer.

K.

The booking is typed into the small computer.

L. The booking is confirmed.

3

1. G

2........

3.........

4.........

5.........

6.........

7.........

8.........

9.........

10.........

11.........

Part 2: Read the passage and decide whether the following statement s are true or false.

Write the correct answer in each blank. (10 points)

Important information for passengers

Arrival

When the plane lands, you are requested to keep the seat belt fastened until the light goes off and

remain in your seat until the plane stops moving. This is for your own comfort and safety.

Leaving the airport

If you are ending your journey at this airport, you should go up to the escalator to passport control

and custom. If you are travelling further by rail of coach, you will find an information desk outside

the custom hall, as well as a bank where you can change money.

Catching another flight

If you are planning to change planes, you should follow the signs to the waiting lounge, where you

should check in and wait to board your connecting flight. There will be announcement when your

flight is due to take off. Our ground staff will be happy to help you.

Leaving the plane

All passengers leaving the plane should make sure that they take everything with them. If you have

checked in any luggage, you should remember to collect it from the baggage area inside the airport.

Continuing on this flight

We regret that passengers who are continuing their journey on this flight may not get off the plane.

You may not smoke while the plane is on the ground.

Thank you for flying with us. We hope to be able to welcome you on board again soon.

True or false?

1. All passengers must leave the plane .

2. You must wait until the light goes out before undoing your seatbelt.

3. Passengers who are leaving the airport must first go to the passport control.

4. Passengers continuing by another plane must go through custom.

5. You can change money before you go to passport control.

6. You must go up to the escalator to the waiting lounge if you are changing planes.

7. Passengers in the waiting lounge will hear an announcement when their plane is ready to leave.

8. No one is allowed to smoke in the airport.

9. The plane is going on to another place after some of passengers get off.

10. Passengers who are leaving the plane should check that they have not left anything behind.

1.

2.

3.

4.

5.

6.

7.

8.

9.

10.

4

Part 3: Fill in each numbered space with ONE suitable word from the list below, (there are

more words than needed):

out, however,me, or, from, on, when, over, a, is, kind, this, up, to, real, unless, of, them, go,

but.

The world of dreams

Most

people

feel

that

when

they

dream,

they

are

carried

off

to

another

world.

(1)...........................the contrary, dreams are often connected (2) ................... our daily lives. (3)

......................... our whole mind (4)........................ filled with something, when we are either

very upset (5)..................... when we are in good spirit, a dream will represent (6)......................

reality in symbols. It is often said that we benefit (7) ...................... dreams because they help

the spirit to heal itself. when things (8)...............................wrong. Dreams are therefore (9)

....................... kind of escape, almost a holiday from (10) ...................... life, with its fears and

responsibilities . It is, (11) ....................., a strange (12) ............................ of holiday because

whether we have a wonderful time or whether it turns (13) .................... to be a nightmare, we

quickly forget it. Most dreams disappear forever, (14) ......................... you are one of those

people disciplined enough to write (15) ........................ down as soon as you wake up.

1.

2.

3.

4.

5.

6.

7.

8.

9.

10

11.

12.

13.

14.

15.

IV. WRITING (35 points)

Part 1: Complete the second sentence so that it has a similar meaning to the first sentence.

1. I won't be able to go on holiday if my parents don't give me the money.

Unless................................................................................................................................

2. As soon as I put the phone down, it rang again!

No sooner...........................................................................................................................

3. What a pity these shops close at lunch-time.

I wish ..............................................................................................................................

4. How old is your father?

What……………………….. .........................................................................................?

5. We didn't go to the theatre. We stayed at home.

5

We stayed …………………………………………………………………….……….

6. You don’t need to finish all the work today

It’s …………………………………………………………………………………

7. If I had known that peter was in hospital, I would have visited him

Had ..............................................................................................................................

8. Let’s invite the Browns to the party on Sunday

He suggested ................................................................................................................

9. The refugees continued to feel unsafe until they had crossed the border

Not until .......................................................................................................................

10. We like pasta but we don't have it everyday.

Although ......................................................................................................................?

Part 2: Read the text below and look carefully at each line. Some of the lines are correct, and

some have a word which¸is not correct. If a line is correct, put a tick (



). If a line has a word

which is not correct, write the word.

Many countries around the world have no caves. This is 1………………

not because there are no hills or mountains in those place. 2………………

Some of the world's biggest mountains has no caves because 3………………

they are not made of the right sort of stone. But the low, limestone 4………………

hills of the northern of England and the south of France are full of 5………………

interest caves. 6………………

For hundreds of years, people having enjoyed finding caves 7………………

and going inside it. This sport is called "caving", and the people 8……………...

who do it are called “cavers”. Cave exploration began in Europe and 9………………

even today most cavers come from there. That is which we know so 10……………

much about European caves. And in many other parts of the world 11………………

there are hundreds of caves which few people have ever visited. For 12………………

example, there are many caves in Russian and Afganistan, in Albania 13………………

and China, but not many cavers in this countries and it is often 14………………

very difficult for foreign cavers to get permision to visit. 15……………

Part 3: COMPOSITION (You should spend about 30 minutes on this task.)

In an essay of about 200 words, state the reasons why you want to live in the city or in the country

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………

6

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………

THE END

R

R

R

E

E

E

V

V

V

I

I

I

E

E

E

W

W

W

F

F

F

O

O

O

R

R

R

T

T

T

H

H

H

E

E

E

2

2

2

S

S

S

T

T

T

S

S

S

E

E

E

M

M

M

E

E

E

S

S

S

T

T

T

E

E

E

R

R

R

T

T

T

E

E

E

S

S

S

T

T

T

-

-

-

E

E

E

N

N

N

G

G

G

L

L

L

I

I

I

S

S

S

H

H

H

1

1

1

0

0

0

7

HƯỚNG DẪN CHẤM

I. Phonetics:

Part 1:

Q #

1

2

3

4

5

Key

B

B

A

D

A

Part 2:

Q #

1

2

3

4

5

Key

C

A

A

C

B

II. VOCABULARY & GRAMMAR: 20 points

Part 1. (10 points) one point for each correct answer

Q #

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

Key

C

D

A

C

A

D

A

D

C

D

Part 2. (10 points)

1. chemistry

3. failure

5. management

7. artistic

9. particularly

2. scientific

4. ambitious

6. irritating

8. occasionally

10. reasonable

III. READING:

35 points

Part 1: ( 10 points) one point for each correct answer

2. E 3. J 4. F 5. A 6. K

7. D 8. B 9. L 10. H 11. C

Part 2. ( 10 points) : 1 point for each correct word

1. F

2. T

3. T

4. F

5.F

6. F

7. T

8. F

9. T

10. T

Part 3 ( 15 points) : 1 point for each correct word

1. on

2. to

3. when

4. is 5. or 6. this 7. from

8. go 9. a

10. real

11. however 12. kind

13 out 14. unless 15. them

IV. WRITING (30 points)

Part 1 . (15 points)

1. Unless my parents give me the money, I won't be able to go on holiday.

2. No sooner did/had I put the phone down than it rang again.

3. I wish these shops opened at lunch-time..

4. What is your father’s age?

5. We stayed at home instead of going to the theatre.

6. It’s not necessary (for you) to finish all the work today

7. Had I known that Peter was in hospital, I would have visited him

8. He suggested that we should invite the Browns to the party on Sunday.

9. Not until had they crossed the border did they feel safe.

10. Although we like pasta, we don't have it everyday.

Part 2. (20 points)

R

R

R

E

E

E

V

V

V

I

I

I

E

E

E

W

W

W

F

F

F

O

O

O

R

R

R

T

T

T

H

H

H

E

E

E

2

2

2

S

S

S

T

T

T

S

S

S

E

E

E

M

M

M

E

E

E

S

S

S

T

T

T

E

E

E

R

R

R

T

T

T

E

E

E

S

S

S

T

T

T

-

-

-

E

E

E

N

N

N

G

G

G

L

L

L

I

I

I

S

S

S

H

H

H

1

1

1

0

0

0

8

1.



9.



2.place 10.which 3.has 11.



4. 12.



5. northern 13.Russian 6.interest 14. this

7. having 15.permision 8.



TRƯỜNG THPT

KỲ THI CHỌN HỌC SINH GIỎI TRƯỜNG

NĂM HỌC 2013- 2014

Đề thi môn: Tiếng Anh 10

Thời gian: 90 phút (Không kể thời gian giao đề)

Điểm bằng số:…………………

Điểm bằng chữ:….……………

Giám khảo 1: ……………………

Giám khảo 2: ……………………

Số phách:

Question I. Choose the words whose underlined parts match the sounds given.

enough cup bus played guitar square peas worked couch toy compete music

laugh target radio they sits stopped chair town knife oil

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

/ɑ:/

/ei/

/s/

/f /

/k/

/ ɔi /

/z /

/t /

/eə /

/au/

Question II. Find one mistake in each sentence and correct them.

11.

I spend most of my free time to read books

12.

It was not until his father came home which he did his homework.

13.

In spite interruption, she was still able to finish her assignment before class.

14.

If I don’t like you, I wouldn’t invite you to my house.

15.

The children are exciting about the field trip.

TT

Mistakes

Corrections

11

12

13

14

15

Question III. Put the words in brackets in to correct forms.

16.

More than 50 films (show)…………..………… in Ha Noi since June.

17.

If I (have) ………………...your address, I would have sent you a postcard.

18.

It’s already 32 C. It (be) ………..………very hot.

19.

Tom is very good at telling funny stories. I find his stories very (amuse)…...……….

20.

I have decided to hold my son’s birthday party. I (invite)….…………. a lot of people.

Question IV. Read the passage and answer the questions

All of us have to work to earn a living ourselves and to help our family. However, we work

not only for material life but also for many other things. We are working to prove our ability. We

feel self- confident and proud because we are independent. Anyone who works is regarded as a

useful member of society. We’re working, that means we’re contributing to our country. Working

helps us train our minds because we always try our best to do the job.

R

R

R

E

E

E

V

V

V

I

I

I

E

E

E

W

W

W

F

F

F

O

O

O

R

R

R

T

T

T

H

H

H

E

E

E

2

2

2

S

S

S

T

T

T

S

S

S

E

E

E

M

M

M

E

E

E

S

S

S

T

T

T

E

E

E

R

R

R

T

T

T

E

E

E

S

S

S

T

T

T

-

-

-

E

E

E

N

N

N

G

G

G

L

L

L

I

I

I

S

S

S

H

H

H

1

1

1

0

0

0

9

The better we work, the more money we earn and that encourages us to work harder. Without

working, a man’s life will be empty, purposeless and meaningless and it’s easy for a jobless person

to do wrongs.

21.Why should we work?

…………………………………………………………………………

22. What is anyone who works regarded?

...............................................................................................................

23. What help us work harder?

..............................................................................................................

24. Without working, how is one’s life?

………………………………………………….……………………

25. Do we feel self- confident and proud because we are dependent?

............................................................................................................

Question V. Rewrite the sentences so that they have the same meaning with the given ones.

26. Max isn’t at home yet. That worries me.

Max..........................................................................................................

27. Although he had a good salary, he was unhappy in his life.

In spite……………………………………………………………..

28. “ I can’t go to the movie with you tomorrow”

Mary said to John...............................................................................

29. People spend a lot of money on advertising every day.

A lot of

money………………………………………………………………………………………………….

.

30. Mary failed her driving test last week because she was so nervous.

If Mary

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………

………..

Question VI. Read the passage and fill in each blank with ONE suitable word.

When I was just three years ..........…(31), I went to the post office with my mother where she

was going to buy some stamps. While she was being served, I happened to notice a small stocking

which was hanging from the counter. It was there to collect contributions for a charity for

….........(32) blind. While her back was turned I took the stocking and emptied the contents into my

coat pocket. Of course I …........(33) too young to know any better. When it was realized what I had

done, everybody roared with laughter except, that is, for my mother who was a little embarrassed.

She quickly emptied the money back into the stocking including, incidentally, a few pennies of my

own. One ........…(34)the clerks was something of an amateur cartoonist and he did a drawing of

me robbing an old lady. This cartoon was projected in the post ….............(35) for the next couple

of years.

Question. VII. -Your friend invites you to his birthday party this weekend. You can’t come to the

party. Write a letter of refusal to reply him.

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………

R

R

R

E

E

E

V

V

V

I

I

I

E

E

E

W

W

W

F

F

F

O

O

O

R

R

R

T

T

T

H

H

H

E

E

E

2

2

2

S

S

S

T

T

T

S

S

S

E

E

E

M

M

M

E

E

E

S

S

S

T

T

T

E

E

E

R

R

R

T

T

T

E

E

E

S

S

S

T

T

T

-

-

-

E

E

E

N

N

N

G

G

G

L

L

L

I

I

I

S

S

S

H

H

H

1

1

1

0

0

0

10

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………

THE END

TRƯỜNG THPT

KỲ THI CHỌN HỌC SINH GIỎI TRƯỜNG

NĂM HỌC 2014- 2015

MÔN THI: TIẾNG ANH LỚP 10 THPT

Thời gian 120 phút (không kể thời gian giao nhận đề)

Điểm bài thi

(bằng số và chữ)

Giám khảo

(Ký và ghi rõ họ tên)

Số báo danh

(Thí sinh ghi)

Số phách

(Hội đồng thi ghi)

SECTION A – PHONETICS

I.

Choose the word whose underlined part is pronounced differently from that of the others.

1. A. adventure

B. future

C. mature

D. figure

2.

A. increase B. widespread

C. death

D. residential

3.

A. coughed B. weighed

C. laughed D. photographed

4.

A. realize

B. teacher

C. reason

D. feature

5.

A. treated

B. asked

C. sacred

D. suggested

Your Answer:

1.

2.

3.

4.

5.

II. Identify the word whose stressed pattern is different from that of the others.

1.

A. impossibly

B. especially

C. naturally

D. importantly

2.

A. damage

B. pollute

C. defense

D. erode

3.

A. recognize

B. enemy

C. yesterday

D. responding

4.

A. electrician B. comfortable

C. manufacture

D. accidental

5.

A. comedy

B. collection

C. comical

D. calculate

Your Answer:

1.

2.

3.

4.

5.

SECTION B – VOCABULARY AND GRAMMAR

I.

Choose the best answer from A, B, C or D.

1.

Hurry up! They’ve only got _______ seats left.

A. a little B. a few C. a lot of

D. plenty of

2.

The children _______ to the zoo.

A. were enjoyed taken B. enjoyed being taken C. were enjoyed taking D. enjoyed taking

3.

I'd rather you _______ anyone what I said.

A. don't tell

B. won't tell

C. didn't tell

D. not to tell

4.

We were so late that we ______ had time to catch the train.

A. nearly

B. almost

C. hardly

D. simply

R

R

R

E

E

E

V

V

V

I

I

I

E

E

E

W

W

W

F

F

F

O

O

O

R

R

R

T

T

T

H

H

H

E

E

E

2

2

2

S

S

S

T

T

T

S

S

S

E

E

E

M

M

M

E

E

E

S

S

S

T

T

T

E

E

E

R

R

R

T

T

T

E

E

E

S

S

S

T

T

T

-

-

-

E

E

E

N

N

N

G

G

G

L

L

L

I

I

I

S

S

S

H

H

H

1

1

1

0

0

0

11

5.

Before the meeting finished, they had arranged when ______ next.

A. they met

B. they to meet

C. to meet

D. should they meet

6.

Washing machines, dishwashers and vacuum cleaners are _______.

A. working machines B. useless machines

C. sewing machines

D. labour-saving

machines

7.

Both she and her husband are _______ work.

A. out of

B. for

C. on

D. in

8.

Tom is having someone _______ the newspaper to her.

A. bring

B. to bring

C. bringing

D. who brings

9.

They were just _______ us about Anna's new boyfriend.

A. talking

B. saying

C. speaking

D. telling

10. You've got to try to keep _______ as you grow older.

A. act

B. active

C. action

D. actor

Your Answer:

1.

2.

3.

4.

5.

6.

7.

8.

9.

10.

II. There is one mistake in each of the following sentences. Find and correct it.

1. The sick needs to be looked after. So money must be spent on hospitals.

2.

The accident looked seriously at first but nobody was injured.

3.

All the students are looking forward to spending their free time to enjoy their Tet holiday.

4.

My family lived in Hue since 1990 to 1996, but we are now living in Sai Gon.

5.

She left her job soon to devote more time into her family.

6.

We won't mind your being late. Beside, it's hardly your mistake.

7.

Congratulations! You’ve gained the first prize in the competitions!

8.

Her well-known film, that won several awards, was about the life of Lenin.

9.

Mr. Tam, who has a lot teaching skills at junior level, will be joining our school in August.

10. You've seen her new car, haven't you? What does it like?

Your Answer:

Mistake

Correction

Mistake

Correction

1.

6.

2.

7.

3.

8.

4.

9.

5.

10.

III. Fill in the each gap with the most correct forms of the block word on the right.

1.

He is behaving in a very _______ way.

MYSTERY

2.

Marry wants to _______ her knowledge of the subject.

BROAD

3.

His _______ to retire surprised all of the workers.

DECIDE

4.

Some people _______ didn't come.

INVITE

5.

It is _______ to turn off the lights when it is bright enough.

ECONOMY

6.

My _______ opinion is that the students should be doing more work outside the

classroom.

PERSON

7.

These workers got a bonus because they did their jobs _______.

EFFECT

8.

From 1865 to 1875, a remarkable _______ of inventions was produced.

VARIOUS

R

R

R

E

E

E

V

V

V

I

I

I

E

E

E

W

W

W

F

F

F

O

O

O

R

R

R

T

T

T

H

H

H

E

E

E

2

2

2

S

S

S

T

T

T

S

S

S

E

E

E

M

M

M

E

E

E

S

S

S

T

T

T

E

E

E

R

R

R

T

T

T

E

E

E

S

S

S

T

T

T

-

-

-

E

E

E

N

N

N

G

G

G

L

L

L

I

I

I

S

S

S

H

H

H

1

1

1

0

0

0

12

9.

She received a lot of _______ from her mother.

COURAGE

10. He doesn‘t agree with the _______ that there is life on other planets.

BELIEVE

Your Answer:

1.

2.

3.

4.

5.

6.

7.

8.

9.

10.

SECTION C – READING

I.

Read the following passage, and fill in the numbered gaps with the correct options (from

A, B, C , D and E below) to make a meaningful reading:

Animals live everywhere. (1) _______. They burrow in the ground. They swim in the sea.

They fly through the air. They creep, they leap, they soar, and they dive. A very few - including

corals and barnacles -stay in one place.

(2) _______. The biggest animals are whales, which can be 100 feet (30 meters) long. The

smallest animals can only be seen through a microscope.

Zoologists (scientists who study animals) have found more than 2 million species of animals. (3)

_______.

Several things make animals different from other living things. (4) _______. Animals eat other

living things - plants and other animals - to get energy. Animal bodies are made up of more than

one cell, unlike bacteria and other life forms with only one cell. Cells are the building blocks of

living things. (5) _______.

A. Unlike plants, animals cannot make their own food.

B. They think they have discovered only a small portion of all animals on Earth.

C. Animals also have senses, such as eyes or ears, that tell them what is going on around

them.

D. They roam the land.

E. Animals come in all sizes.

Your Answer:

1.

2.

3.

4.

5.

II. Fill in each numbered gap with one suitable word.

Conservation, sustainable use and protection of natural resources including plants, animals,

mineral deposits, soils, clean water, clean air, and fossil fuels (1) _______ as coal, petroleum, and

natural gas. (2)_______ resources are grouped into two categories, renewable and (3) _______. A

renewable resource is one that may be replaced over time by natural processes, such as fish

populations or natural vegetation, or is inexhaustible, such as solar energy. The goal of renewable

resource conservation is to ensure (4) _______ such resources are not consumed faster (5) _______

they are replaced. Nonrenewable resources are those in limited supply that cannot be replaced (6)

_______ can be replaced only over extremely long periods of time. Nonrenewable resources (7)

_______ fossil fuels and mineral deposits, such as iron ore and gold ore. Conservation activities for

nonrenewable resources focus (8) _______ maintaining an adequate supply of these resources well

into the future. Natural resources are conserved for their biological, economic, and recreational

values, as well as their natural beauty and importance to local cultures. For (9) _______, tropical

rain forests are protected for their important role in both global ecology (10) _______ the economic

livelihood of the local culture; a coral reef may be protected for its recreational value for scuba

divers; and a scenic river may be protected for its natural beauty...

Your Answer:

R

R

R

E

E

E

V

V

V

I

I

I

E

E

E

W

W

W

F

F

F

O

O

O

R

R

R

T

T

T

H

H

H

E

E

E

2

2

2

S

S

S

T

T

T

S

S

S

E

E

E

M

M

M

E

E

E

S

S

S

T

T

T

E

E

E

R

R

R

T

T

T

E

E

E

S

S

S

T

T

T

-

-

-

E

E

E

N

N

N

G

G

G

L

L

L

I

I

I

S

S

S

H

H

H

1

1

1

0

0

0

13

1.

2.

3.

4.

5.

6.

7.

8.

9.

10.

SECTION D – WRITING

I.

Complete the second sentence so that it has similar meaning to the first one.

1.

The painters painted his house last week.



He .................................................................................................................................................

2.

Gerald is too young to vote.



Geral is not ....................................................................................................................................

3.

Andrew went to the supermarket despite the heavy rain



Although ........................................................................................................................................

4. They made him wait for two hours.



He was ..........................................................................................................................................

5.

David went home before I arrived.



When I arrived, ..............................................................................................................................

6.

The station clock showed half past ten.



According …………......................................................................................................................

7.

I’m always nervous when I take exams.



Taking ............................................................................................................................................

8.

When did you buy your laptop?



How long ......................................................................................................................................?

9.

It is not worth asking Ms. Hoa to help.



There’s no ......................................................................................................................................

10. If people drive faster, it is more dangerous.



The ................................................................................................................................................

II. Make right sentences using the following suggestions.

1.

Mike/ offer/ opportunity/ study abroad/ yesterday.



.......................................................................................................................................................

2.

Why/ you/ not/ consider/ visit/ me?



.......................................................................................................................................................

3.

Many species/ plants/ animals/ danger/extinction.



.......................................................................................................................................................

4.

If we/ not/ protect/ wildlife now/ there/ nothing / left/ future generations.



.......................................................................................................................................................

R

R

R

E

E

E

V

V

V

I

I

I

E

E

E

W

W

W

F

F

F

O

O

O

R

R

R

T

T

T

H

H

H

E

E

E

2

2

2

S

S

S

T

T

T

S

S

S

E

E

E

M

M

M

E

E

E

S

S

S

T

T

T

E

E

E

R

R

R

T

T

T

E

E

E

S

S

S

T

T

T

-

-

-

E

E

E

N

N

N

G

G

G

L

L

L

I

I

I

S

S

S

H

H

H

1

1

1

0

0

0

14

5. Remember/ call/ home/ as soon/you arrive/ your destination.



.......................................................................................................................................................

III. Write about 120 – 150 words on the following topic:

Imagine you had a friend living abroad and not having been back to the country for along time. Write

to your friend to tell about the changes and invite him/her to come back to to visit the home towm/

home village. (Notice: Your name is Phuong Lan)

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………

………………………………………………….......................................................................................

.....................................................................................................................................................................

..

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………

The end

Sở GD & ĐT Hà Nội

Trường THPT Phú Xuyên B

ĐỀ THI HỌC SINH GIỎI KHỐI 10

NĂM HỌC 2011 – 2012

Môn thi: Tiếng Anh

Thời gian: 150 phút

Họ và tên thí sinh:……………………………………….

Lớp: ……………………

SBD:...............................

__________________________________________________________________

I. PHẦN TRẮC NGHIỆM

Question 1: Pick out the word whose underlined part is pronounced differently

1. A. technology

B. different

C. interact

D. system

2. A. site

B. kilo

C. write

D. my

3. A. good

B. foot

C. noon

D. flood

4. A. modern

B. box

C. shop

D. computer

Question 2: Read the text and do the task that follow

Camping is an activity in which live temporarily in the outdoors. Campers (5)……….

fishing, hunting, swimming, plant study, wildlife watching, and nature photography. It provides

physical benefits when it involves hiking to, from and around campsite, and many people believe

that camping (6) …………….. youngsters more confident.

People

throughout

the

world

enjoy

hiking

to

wilderness

campsites.

This

activity

is

called

backpacking because it involves carrying such essential camping gears as (7)…………. tent, food,

clothing, and sleeping bag on the back in a bag called a backpack. Backpacking is suited for

(8)……… who are in good physical conditions as it may require walking several miles.

5. A. participate in

B. take place

C. take part

D. enter

6. A. enables

B. makes

C. allows

D. causes

7. A. the

B. a

C. an

D. some

8. A. those

B. anyone

C. someone

D. everyone

Question 3: Choose the best answer from the four options to complete the sentences below

9. I don’t think Frank is old ….. to stay at home alone.

A. so

B. too

C. enough

D. even

R

R

R

E

E

E

V

V

V

I

I

I

E

E

E

W

W

W

F

F

F

O

O

O

R

R

R

T

T

T

H

H

H

E

E

E

2

2

2

S

S

S

T

T

T

S

S

S

E

E

E

M

M

M

E

E

E

S

S

S

T

T

T

E

E

E

R

R

R

T

T

T

E

E

E

S

S

S

T

T

T

-

-

-

E

E

E

N

N

N

G

G

G

L

L

L

I

I

I

S

S

S

H

H

H

1

1

1

0

0

0

15

10. …… all our careful plans, a lot of things went wrong.

A. Because

B. Because of

C. Although

D. In spite of

11. He was accused of ……. a motorbike.

A. steal

B. to steal

C. stealing

D. to stealing

12. He …. for London one year ago.

A. left

B. has left

C. leaves

D. had left

13. If you see Tom, ….. you mind ….. him to get in touch with me?

A. will/remind

B. would/remind

C. will/ to remind

D. will/ reminding

14. He was made ….. for two hours.

A. wait

B. to wait

C. waited

D. waiting

15. We don’t allow people …… in this room.

A. smoke

B. smoking

C. to smoke

D. smokes

16. I will introduce you to the girl ….. I live with.

A. who

B. whom

C. which

D. when

17. When I was a child, I used to ……. in that house.

A. live

B. to live

C. living

D. to living

18. Music ….. an important part in our lives.

A. takes

B. participates

C. plays

D. grows

19. The girl and the animals ….. he painted were vivid.

A. which

B. who

C. whom

D. that

20. When we arrived, the train ….. already…..

A. has/left

B. had/left

C. have/left

D. left

II. PHẦN TỰ LUẬN

Question 4 : Read the text and fill in the form below

Tran Ha is a Vietnamese high school student. He was born on January 12, 1990 in Ha Noi. He

studies English because he wants to win a scholarship to study abroad. He is living with his family

at 18 Le Loi Street, Hoan Kiem District, Ha Noi. His telephone number is 04-8232043.

IGE LANGUAGE CENTER

Registration Form

21. Name:………………………………………….

22. Date of birth:…………………………………..

23. Course to register:……………………………..

24. Occupation:……………………………………

25. Address:………………………………………..

Question 5: Arrange the following sentences to make a confirmation letter

26. I’m happy to join your birthday party this Saturday.

27. I’ll buy all the things you need and bring them to your house an hour before the party.

28. Of course. I’ll help you prepare everything for the party.

29. Mai.

30. See you later

31. Dear Lan,

Answers:…………………………………………………………..

Question 6: Find one mistake in each sentence and correct them

32. I spend most of my free time to read books.

33. If I didn’t liked you, I wouldn’t invite you to my house.

34. I have learned English for 1999.

35. In spite interruption, she was still able to finish her assignment before class.

36. Mary is very good about telling funny stories.

37. It is not until his father came home which he did his homework.

38. The children are exciting about the field trip.

39. She wants becoming a doctor.

R

R

R

E

E

E

V

V

V

I

I

I

E

E

E

W

W

W

F

F

F

O

O

O

R

R

R

T

T

T

H

H

H

E

E

E

2

2

2

S

S

S

T

T

T

S

S

S

E

E

E

M

M

M

E

E

E

S

S

S

T

T

T

E

E

E

R

R

R

T

T

T

E

E

E

S

S

S

T

T

T

-

-

-

E

E

E

N

N

N

G

G

G

L

L

L

I

I

I

S

S

S

H

H

H

1

1

1

0

0

0

16

40. It are difficult to learn English.

STT

Mistakes

Corrections

32

33

34

35

36

37

38

39

40

Question 7: Put the verbs into correct forms

41. If I (have) ………… your address, I would send you a postcard.

42. Two millions (not/be) ………… a large number of money.

43. They (show) …………………. More than fifty films in Hanoi since June.

44. It’s already 32

0

C. It (be) ………. very hot.

45. I get used to (live)…………… in the big city.

46. I must remind my students that this grammar point needs (revise)……………

47. We found it very difficult (reach)…………… a decision.

48. He is very (interest)……………… in my story.

49. Do you think the film is (excite)……………………?

50. Would you mind telling me how (get) …………… to the post office?

Question 8: Rewrite the following sentences without changing their meanings. Use the

suggestion below.

51. Tom spends a half an hour walking to the bookshop.

It takes ……………………………………………………..

52. Since Mary was careless, she lost her job.

Because of …………………………………………………

53. Although he made great efforts, he failed to win the race.

In spite of ………………………………………………………

54. Tim will be eighteen next week.

It is Tim’s ………………………………………………………

55. It is cheaper to go by train than by car.

Going by car…………………………………………………….

Question 9: Read the passage and answer the questions

American Sign Language (ASL), which is the first language of many deaf people in North

America, uses hand gestures, facial expressions, and other body movements communicate. ASL is

one of the four most commonly used languages in the United States.

ASL was first introduced to America in 1817. In that year, a French teacher who came to America

to teach, brought with him French Sign Language (FSL) and taught it to his deaf students. The

students then added their own American singing and changed the FSL into the ASL. Modern ASL

and FSL share some elements, including a large amount of vocabulary. However, an ASL user

cannot understand a FSL user.

No form of sign language universal. For example, British Sign Language (BSL) differs

notably from ASL. Different sign languages are used in different countries and regions.

56. What does ASL stand for?

………………………………………………………………….

57. How did people change the FSL into the ASL?

…………………………………………………………………..

58. How many commonly used languages are there in the United States?

………………………………………………………………………

R

R

R

E

E

E

V

V

V

I

I

I

E

E

E

W

W

W

F

F

F

O

O

O

R

R

R

T

T

T

H

H

H

E

E

E

2

2

2

S

S

S

T

T

T

S

S

S

E

E

E

M

M

M

E

E

E

S

S

S

T

T

T

E

E

E

R

R

R

T

T

T

E

E

E

S

S

S

T

T

T

-

-

-

E

E

E

N

N

N

G

G

G

L

L

L

I

I

I

S

S

S

H

H

H

1

1

1

0

0

0

17

59. What does it in paragraph 2 refer?

……………………………………………………………………

60. What is the main idea of this passage?

…………………………………………………………………….

Question 10: Use the following sets of words and phrases to write a letter from Jenny to Diana

Dear Diana,

61. Thank you/ much/ your letter/ arrive/ few days ago

………………………………………………………………….

62. It/ be lovely/ hear/ you

…………………………………………………………………..

63. I/ be sorry/ I not write/ such/ long time/ because/ I/ very busy

……………………………………………………………………

64. As you know/ we buy/ new house/ September

…………………………………………………………………….

65. It/ be very bad condition/ and it need/ a lot/ work

……………………………………………………………………

66. We finish/ most/ it now/ and it look/ very nice

……………………………………………………………………

67. Peter and I/ decide/ give/ house-warming party/ May 3

rd

………………………………………………………………………..

68. you think/ you/ able/ come?

…………………………………………………………………………

69. Please give me/ ring/ let/ know/ you/ make it

………………………………………………………………………….

70. I / really/ look forward/ see you again.

……………………………………………………………………………..

Love,

Jenny

Question 11: Write a short paragraph (about 120 words) about the advantages and

disadvantages of the Internet

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………

R

R

R

E

E

E

V

V

V

I

I

I

E

E

E

W

W

W

F

F

F

O

O

O

R

R

R

T

T

T

H

H

H

E

E

E

2

2

2

S

S

S

T

T

T

S

S

S

E

E

E

M

M

M

E

E

E

S

S

S

T

T

T

E

E

E

R

R

R

T

T

T

E

E

E

S

S

S

T

T

T

-

-

-

E

E

E

N

N

N

G

G

G

L

L

L

I

I

I

S

S

S

H

H

H

1

1

1

0

0

0

18

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………

THE END

KỲ THI HỌC SINH GIỎI NĂM 2008

TRƯỜNG THPT LÊ QUÝ ĐÔN KHÓA NGÀY 13 - 4 - 2008

MÔN TIẾNG ANH - LỚP 10

Thời gian: 150 phút (không kể thời gian giao đề)

A. LISTENING : ( 2ms)

I. Listen to the tape twice and then choose the best option:(1m)

The man was (1)………….. when his little daughter came to him. She was crying because she

had lost a coin. The man said to her that money wasn’t important. About a week later, the man (3)

ĐỀ CHÍNH

TH

Ứ

C

R

R

R

E

E

E

V

V

V

I

I

I

E

E

E

W

W

W

F

F

F

O

O

O

R

R

R

T

T

T

H

H

H

E

E

E

2

2

2

S

S

S

T

T

T

S

S

S

E

E

E

M

M

M

E

E

E

S

S

S

T

T

T

E

E

E

R

R

R

T

T

T

E

E

E

S

S

S

T

T

T

-

-

-

E

E

E

N

N

N

G

G

G

L

L

L

I

I

I

S

S

S

H

H

H

1

1

1

0

0

0

19

………….. in the lottery. They were all very happy and they had a little party. The man put the wallet

with the money on the table, and they were all enjoying themselves. The daughter threw all the money

out of the window and explained to the father “ But Daddy, you said (4)…………….”

1. a. at home

b. at house

c. at hall

d. at horse

2. a. lull

b. love

c. learn

d. life

3. a. wet

b. won

c. warm

d. gained

4. a. money is importance

b. money is important

c. money isn’t importance

d. money isn’t important

II. Listen to the tape three times and then fill in the gaps with suitable words or

phrases (1 m)

1. How far ……………………………………………?

2. ……………… to my house for lunch on Saturday ?

3. ………………..those ear-rings ……………………?

4. …………………………………………………… ?

B. VOCABULARY AND GRAMMAR: ( 6 ms)

I. Choose the best option:( 2ms)

1. He was offered the job ………….his qualifications were poor

a. although

b. in spite of

c. because of

d. because

2. It’s no use …………. a language if you don’t try to speak it

a. learned

b. to learn

c. learn

d. learning

3. He …………. me to take a lawyer to the court with me

a. advised

c. suggested

b. threatened

d. insisted

4. She came in quietly ……………the baby

a. in order to not wake

b. so as not to wake

c. to not wake

d. to wake

5. ……………you have no keys, you ‘ll have to get back before I go out

a. If

b. Although

c. Unless

d. As

6. I really prefer just about anything …………..watching TV

a. from

b. or

c. than

d. to

7. Gold ……………..near San Francisco in 1848 and the gold rush started the following year

a. has been discovered

b. discovered

c. was discovered

d. is discovered

8. I regret ……………. you that we can’t approve your application

a. inform

b. to inform

c. informing

d. informed

9. If I had gone to the bank this morning, I …………money from you now

a. would not borrow

b. would not have borrowed

R

R

R

E

E

E

V

V

V

I

I

I

E

E

E

W

W

W

F

F

F

O

O

O

R

R

R

T

T

T

H

H

H

E

E

E

2

2

2

S

S

S

T

T

T

S

S

S

E

E

E

M

M

M

E

E

E

S

S

S

T

T

T

E

E

E

R

R

R

T

T

T

E

E

E

S

S

S

T

T

T

-

-

-

E

E

E

N

N

N

G

G

G

L

L

L

I

I

I

S

S

S

H

H

H

1

1

1

0

0

0

20

c. will not borrow

d. will no have borrowed

II. Give the correct from of the words in brackets: ( 2ms)

1. He is engrossed in doing ( SCIENCE) …………….. research

2. They entered the areas without ( PERMIT) ……………..

3. He wants (WIDTH) ……………… his knowledge of the subject

4. The giant panda is a(n) (DANGER) ……………..species

5. What makes the computer a (MIRACLE). …………device ?

6. You may be surprised at the large (VARIED) ……………..of animals in national parks

7. The architecture in the downtown area is a successful (COMBINE) ………….of old and new

8. He came first in the poetry (COMPETED) ……………..

III. Give the correct tenses of the verbs in brackets (2ms)

Mary (1. have) ……………….to go to New York last week, but she almost (2.miss)

……………the plane. She (3. stand) ………………in the queue at the check-in desk when she

suddenly (4. realize) ………….. that she (5. leave) …………….her passport at home. Fortunately, she

( 6.not/ live)………….. very far from the airport so she (7. have)…………..time to go home to get the

passport. She (8. get) ……………. back to the airport just in time for her flight

C. READING COMPREHENSION: (6ms)

I. Read the following passage and choose the best answer (1.5ms):

For the last few years, my children have been going to a summer camp in northern Greece

called Skouras Camp. They always seem to have a good time. , so if you’ re wondering what to do

with the kids for three weeks this summer, you could do worse than send them to this beautiful camp

on the shores of the Aegean Sea. If your children, like mine, are keen on adventure, sports and good

company, the Skouras Camp will keep them busy all day doing the things they most enjoy. Skouras is

an international camp with children from all over the world. My children have made friends with

children with of their own age from Poland , China, Denmark and the United States. Naturally they

get lots of opportunities to practice their English as this is the only language spoken. The camp is

located in one of the most beautiful parts of Chalkidiki. It is huge (120,000 square meters) and is just a

stone’s throw away from the clear, blue Aegean Sea. It takes the children just five minutes to walk to

the golden sandy beach on foot. The programme is packed with exciting activities such as horse riding

and table tennis. Other sports include basketball, volleyball and athletics. The Camps end with a

sports contest in the last week which all parents are invited to attend.

1.

All the children come to the camp have to ………..

a. be at the same age

b. be only keen on adventure

c. speak English

d. practice basketball

2. How many kinds of sports can be played in the Camp?

R

R

R

E

E

E

V

V

V

I

I

I

E

E

E

W

W

W

F

F

F

O

O

O

R

R

R

T

T

T

H

H

H

E

E

E

2

2

2

S

S

S

T

T

T

S

S

S

E

E

E

M

M

M

E

E

E

S

S

S

T

T

T

E

E

E

R

R

R

T

T

T

E

E

E

S

S

S

T

T

T

-

-

-

E

E

E

N

N

N

G

G

G

L

L

L

I

I

I

S

S

S

H

H

H

1

1

1

0

0

0

21

a. 5

b. 2

c. 3

d. 4

3. All the statements are true EXCEPT ………………

a. The children will be busy taking part in the Camp’s programmed activities

b. The Camp is quite far from the Aegean Sea

c. The parents can attend their children’s sports contest

d. The children will take more chances of English practice

4. The tone of the passage could best be described as …………….

a. negative

b. disbelieving

c. supportive

d. humourous

5. What should be the best title for the passage?

a. an international summer camp

b. Children’s summer activities

c. Advice on children caring in summer

d. Chalkidiki’s landscape- the Aegean Sea

6. How long does it take the children to walk to the golden sandy beach on foot?

a. an hour

b. 20 minutes

c. 5 minutes

d. a day

II. Read the following passage and choose the best option to fill in the gap (2.5 ms)

The (1) …………. part in Ioannina is the lake front. Ships fetch more people and tourists to the

island. Near the front lake (2) …………….an ancient castle. If you go for a (3) …………. in the night

to the front lake you’ll see (4) …………. lights that shines in the castle. A second way is to go around

on a mountain. There you can see the whole town. In the night with so many lights, it looks to you (5)

………….a sky.

Another beautiful part in this town (6) ……………the large clock in the square. Specifically,

the clock (7) ……………… in the center of the city. My town also has many museums. Paul Vrellis,

who is a professor, put in many different and other important people from the 1

st

and 2

nd

world war

with wax. In my opinion, it’s (8)…………… museum.

About remains, there are two renowned theaters. There’s the theater of Dodoni, which is

situated in the (9) ………… of the city. It’s normally out of the city. Every summer the most (10)

………. actors of the capital of Greece come to perform there.

1. a. more beautiful

b. as beautiful c. so beautiful d. most beautiful

2. a. there is

b. it is

c. it has

d. there has

3. a. picnic

b. walk

c. jog

d. run

4. a. more brilliant

b. as brilliant

c. much brilliant

d. most brilliant

5. a. from

b. as

c. like

d. to

6. a. be

b. are

c. is

d. to be

7. situated

b. is situated

c. be situated

d. are situated

8. a. the most best

b. the better

c. the best

d. the well

R

R

R

E

E

E

V

V

V

I

I

I

E

E

E

W

W

W

F

F

F

O

O

O

R

R

R

T

T

T

H

H

H

E

E

E

2

2

2

S

S

S

T

T

T

S

S

S

E

E

E

M

M

M

E

E

E

S

S

S

T

T

T

E

E

E

R

R

R

T

T

T

E

E

E

S

S

S

T

T

T

-

-

-

E

E

E

N

N

N

G

G

G

L

L

L

I

I

I

S

S

S

H

H

H

1

1

1

0

0

0

22

9. a. outskirt

b. top

c. side

d. edge

10. a. famous

b. fame

c. famed

d. known

III. Read the passage bellow and fill in the blank with ONE suitable word (2ms)

Today in China (1) …………….……large scale destruction of forests has occurred, the government

has required that every citizen (2)……………..the age of 11 and 60 plant three to five trees (3)

……………...year or do the equivalent amount of work in other forest services. The government

claims that at ( 4) ……………..1000 million trees have been planted in China every year (5)

……………..1982. In Western countries, increasing consumer demand for wood products that have

been produced cause forest land-owners and forest industries to become increasingly accountable for

their forest management and timber harvesting practices.

The

Arbor Day

Foundation’s

Rain

Forest

Rescue programme

is

a

charity that helps to

(6)

………………deforestation. The charity uses money to buy up (7) ……………preserve rainforest

land before the lumber companies can buy it. The Arbor Day Foundation then (8)……………. the

land from deforestation

D. WRITING ( 6ms)

I. Finish each of the following sentences in such a way that it means exactly the same as the

sentence printed before it (2ms)

Example: I haven’t enjoyed myself so much for years

Answer : It’s years since I enjoyed myself so much

1. There’s a large restaurant in the art gallery

→ The art gallery ………………………………

2. I haven’t seen that man here before.

→ It’s ………………………………………….

3. Although Bob didn’t speak Dutch, he decided to settle in Amsterdam

→ In spite of ………………………………………………………………

4. Without this treatment, the patient have died

→ If the patient hadn’t …………………………….

5. The keepers feed the lions at 3 p.m everyday.

→ The lions ………………………………………….

6. John finds astronomy very interesting

→ John is ………………………………..

7. The cinema didn’t become an industry until 1915

→ It was not ………………………………………...

8. “I like your coat , I’m looking for one like that myself” she said to me

R

R

R

E

E

E

V

V

V

I

I

I

E

E

E

W

W

W

F

F

F

O

O

O

R

R

R

T

T

T

H

H

H

E

E

E

2

2

2

S

S

S

T

T

T

S

S

S

E

E

E

M

M

M

E

E

E

S

S

S

T

T

T

E

E

E

R

R

R

T

T

T

E

E

E

S

S

S

T

T

T

-

-

-

E

E

E

N

N

N

G

G

G

L

L

L

I

I

I

S

S

S

H

H

H

1

1

1

0

0

0

23

→ She told me ……………………………………………………………

II. Read the text below and look carefully at each line. Some of the lines are correct, and some

have a word which should not be there. If a line is correct, put a tick (

√) by the number in the

space provided. If a line has a word which should not be there, write the word in the space

provided. There is an example at the beginning (2ms)

The Spy Returns is a very interesting film that about a wealthy 0. that……….

man who visits Italy. He doesn’t think that Rome is interesting 1..…………….

and he is very bored with there. Then suddenly one night he is 2.……………

very surprised that a beautiful girl who runs up to him and gives 3.……………

him a mysterious letter. From that moment his life is no longer 4……………

boring. He does too a lot of dangerous things. For example, 5..……………

he jumped into a lake to save a famous person. The film is 6.……………

a very thrilling indeed. I have watched it twice but I always 7.…………...

want to see it again. I think many people do it so 8.…………….

III. Write an essay of 120-150 words expressing the advantages and disadvantages

of the Internet (2ms)

ĐÁP ÁN ĐỀ THI CHỌN HSG MÔN ANH : 10

A. LISTENING (2 điểm)

I. 1 điểm ( mỗi lựa chọn đúng 0.25 đ)

1.a

2. b

3. b

4. d

II. 1 điểm ( mỗi câu đúng o.25 đ)

1….. is your from the city centre

2. How about coming …

3. How much do ….cost?

4. How much do you spell your family name

B. VOCABUALRY & GRAMMAR: (6 điểm)

I. 2 điểm ( mỗi lựa chọn đúng 0.25 đ)

1. a

5.a

2.d

6.d

R

R

R

E

E

E

V

V

V

I

I

I

E

E

E

W

W

W

F

F

F

O

O

O

R

R

R

T

T

T

H

H

H

E

E

E

2

2

2

S

S

S

T

T

T

S

S

S

E

E

E

M

M

M

E

E

E

S

S

S

T

T

T

E

E

E

R

R

R

T

T

T

E

E

E

S

S

S

T

T

T

-

-

-

E

E

E

N

N

N

G

G

G

L

L

L

I

I

I

S

S

S

H

H

H

1

1

1

0

0

0

24

3.a

7.c

4.b

8.b

II. 2 điểm (mỗi từ đúng 0.25 đ)

1. scientific

5. miraculous

2. permission

6. variety

3. widen

7. combination

4. endangered 8. competition

III. 2 điểm ( mỗi thì chia đúng được 0.25 đ)

1. had

5. had left

2. missed

6. doesn’t live

3. was standing

7. had

4. realized

8. got

C. READING ( 6 điểm)

I. 1.5 điểm ( mỗi lựa chọn đúng o.25 đ)

1. c

2. a

3. b

4. c

5. a

6. c

II. 2.5 điểm ( mỗi lựa chọn đúng 0.25đ)

1. d

6. a

2. a

7.b

3. b

8. c

4. a

9. d

5. c

10. a

III. 2 điểm ( mỗi từ đúng 0.25đ)

1.

where

2.

between

3.

per

4.

least

5.

since

6.

prevent

7.

and

8.

protects

R

R

R

E

E

E

V

V

V

I

I

I

E

E

E

W

W

W

F

F

F

O

O

O

R

R

R

T

T

T

H

H

H

E

E

E

2

2

2

S

S

S

T

T

T

S

S

S

E

E

E

M

M

M

E

E

E

S

S

S

T

T

T

E

E

E

R

R

R

T

T

T

E

E

E

S

S

S

T

T

T

-

-

-

E

E

E

N

N

N

G

G

G

L

L

L

I

I

I

S

S

S

H

H

H

1

1

1

0

0

0

25

D. WRITING: ( 6 điểm)

I. 2 điểm ( mỗi câu đúng 0.25 đ)

1. The art gallery has a large restaurant

2. It’s the first time ( that) I have seen this man here

3. In spite of not speaking Dutch, Bob decided to settle in Amsterdam

4. If the patient hadn’t been given this treatment, he would have died

5. The lions are fed by the keepers at p.m everyday

6. John is interested in astronomy

7. It was not until 1915 that the cinema became an industry

8. She told me that she liked my coat and (she) was looking fro one like it/that herself

II. 2 điểm ( mỗi câu đúng 0.25 đ)

1. √

2. with

3. who

4. √

5. too

6.√

7. a

8. it

III. 2 điểm

--------------

KÌ THI CHỌN HSG LỚP 10 THPT NĂM HỌC 2010-2011

Đề thi môn :Tiếng Anh

(Thời gian làm bài:180 phút)

PART A: LISTENING

You will hear someone talking about Spring School in HoChiMinh city. Listen to the tape 3 times

then fill in the missing information to complete the following sentences.

1. Spring School is an........................... school in Ho Chi Minh city.

2. Around.............................................................................. live and study at the school.

3. About ............................from District 1 regularly attend classes.

R

R

R

E

E

E

V

V

V

I

I

I

E

E

E

W

W

W

F

F

F

O

O

O

R

R

R

T

T

T

H

H

H

E

E

E

2

2

2

S

S

S

T

T

T

S

S

S

E

E

E

M

M

M

E

E

E

S

S

S

T

T

T

E

E

E

R

R

R

T

T

T

E

E

E

S

S

S

T

T

T

-

-

-

E

E

E

N

N

N

G

G

G

L

L

L

I

I

I

S

S

S

H

H

H

1

1

1

0

0

0

26

4. Organization for Educational Development co-operated with Spring School to set up English

classes in................................... .

5. The school requires.............................to help organize their fund –raising dinner held annually

in...........................

PART B:PHONETICS

I. Choose the word which has the underlined part pronounced differently from that of the others.

Identify your answer by circling the corressponding letter A,B,C or D.

6. A. classical B.composer C.answer D.serious

7. A. humans B.dreams C.concerts D.songs

8. A. depend B.temperate C.dental D.telephone

9. A. spoon B.wool C.noon D.bamboo

10.A. excursion B.further C.burial D.turtle

II.Choose one word whose stress pattern is different.Identify your answer by circling the

corresponding letter A,B,C.or D.

11.A.musician B.museum C.competent D.computer

12.A.conversation B.isolation C.traditional D.situation

13.A.capital B.activity C.different D.opera

14.A.affect B.effective C.expand D.charity

15.A.family B.probably C.animal D.minority

PART C:VOCABULARY AND GRAMMAR

I.Choose the best answer from the four options to complete each sentence below. Identify your

answer by circling the corresponding letter A,B,C.or D.

16.My mother is busy.......... her housework.

A.at B.with C.on D.in

17.It was ........ a difficult question that we couldn’t answer it.

A.so B.such C.very D.too

18.I don’t think Frank is old..........to stay at home alone.

A.so B.too C.enough D.even

19.Your bicycle goes much faster than........because it’s a lot lighter.

A.mine B.him C.us D.their

20. .......all our careful plans, a lot of things went wrong.

A.Although B.Because C.Because of D.in spite of

21.We arrived.......... the station just in time to catch the train.

A.at B.in C.to D.for

22.I’d like to introduce you to Mrs. Chi,.........husband you used to work with.

A.whom B.whose C.which D.who

23.I like to study sea life .Marine biology is a ................subject.

A.fascinated B. boring C.bored D.fascinating

24.You said the test was too difficult,..........?

A.weren’t you B. wasn’t it C.didn’t it D. didn’t you

25.You should...... your lesson before the exam.

A.read B.write C.revise D.check

26.Three people were seriously .........in the road accident yesterday.

A.injured B.broken C.damaged D.pained

27.Don’t be too hard on him; he’s doing the job.............. .

A.he can as best B.as he can best C.as best he can D.best as he can

28.I phoned him ten minutes ago ,but he wasn’t......... .

A.out B.in C.on D.away

29.We have just visited HaLong Bay .It has..........................

A.beautiful scenery that is much B.many landscapes

C. many beautiful sceneries D.much beautiful scenery

30.Mary’s house is.......... the hair salon.Do you think you can find it?

R

R

R

E

E

E

V

V

V

I

I

I

E

E

E

W

W

W

F

F

F

O

O

O

R

R

R

T

T

T

H

H

H

E

E

E

2

2

2

S

S

S

T

T

T

S

S

S

E

E

E

M

M

M

E

E

E

S

S

S

T

T

T

E

E

E

R

R

R

T

T

T

E

E

E

S

S

S

T

T

T

-

-

-

E

E

E

N

N

N

G

G

G

L

L

L

I

I

I

S

S

S

H

H

H

1

1

1

0

0

0

27

A.along B.near to C.against D.next to

31.John decided ......... golf at weekends.

A.to begin B.to commence C.to take up D.to start up

32.It..................to me whether we meet them or not .

A.makes no difference B.makes not a difference

C.is indifferent D.is not a difference

33.We saw ............wild animals while on vocation.

A.a few B.much C.little D.sum

34.They will be........... at the party.

A.present B.presents C.presenting D.at present

35. “Where do you live now?” – “I live in Hanoi; my......................................

A.parents too do . B.parents do. C.parents do,too . D.parents also do.

36. “Why are you driving so fast?” – “I’m................................”

A.must be hurry. B.in hurry . C .in a hurry . D.hurrying.

37.She burst ........tears.

A.out of B.into C.for D.in

38.He was accused .......... stealing a motorbike.

A.in B.of C.to D.with

39. The building.... he lives .... is very old.

A.which-in B.where-in C.where-on D.that-within

40.I don’t know ........ about English literature.

A.many B.much C.a few D.little

41.He ...... to HoChiMinh city last year and I........him since then.

A.moved-didn’t see B.moves-haven’t seen C.moved-haven’t seen D.moved-hadn’t seen

42.Neither the animals nor their keeper.......prepared for the storm.

A.to be B.were C.was D.be

43.A number of students...........volunteered to the job.

A .having B.has C.to have D.have

44.Everybody was ......... that he passed the exam.

A.surprised B.surprising C.surprise D.surprises

45.I’ll let you know if I........out what’s happening.

A.find B.finds C.found D.had found

II.Give the correct form of the given words to complete the following sentences

46.There are many good ...............................programmes on VTV2. DOCUMENT

47.Newspapers and magazines present information.......................... . VISION

48.It is a good book because it is very............................... . INFORM

49.Lasers can be used to treat .......................... DEAF

50.Watching Wildlife World programmes makes us more RESPONSIBLE

aware of our global.................................

PART D:READING

I.Choose the best answer from the four options to complete each of the numbered blanks in the

following passage. Identify your answer by circling the corresponding letter A,B,C.or D.

Diego Armando Maradona was born on October 30,1960 ,in Villa Fiorito,province of Buenos

Aires, Argentina .He was (51)........... in an underprivileged family and spent his adolescence

playing football in the street of his(52)........... .

He made his debut at the(53)................ of 16 and throughout his professional career he played

692 (54).............. games scoring 352 goals.He played 90 games for the Argentina National Team

and scored 33 goals, 8 of (55).............. were in world cups.

His first team was called Estrella Roja (Red Star) and was (56)..........by his father for the

neighbourhood boys.One of the players was Gregorio “El Goyo” Carrizo,(57)............ played in

the lower divisions of Argentinos Juniors, and who helped Diego to be part of the team called “Los

Cebollitas” (the small onions).With only 14 years of age ,he(58)...........the public at his first game

R

R

R

E

E

E

V

V

V

I

I

I

E

E

E

W

W

W

F

F

F

O

O

O

R

R

R

T

T

T

H

H

H

E

E

E

2

2

2

S

S

S

T

T

T

S

S

S

E

E

E

M

M

M

E

E

E

S

S

S

T

T

T

E

E

E

R

R

R

T

T

T

E

E

E

S

S

S

T

T

T

-

-

-

E

E

E

N

N

N

G

G

G

L

L

L

I

I

I

S

S

S

H

H

H

1

1

1

0

0

0

28

with the team and gained (59).......... and respect as a player.With “Los Cebollitas” he (60)........ a

winning spree of over one hundred games.

51.A.risen B.raised C.grown D.shown

52.A.neighbourhood B.colleagues C.frienship D.populariy

53.A.old B.oldest C.elderly D.age

54.A.office B.officer C.official D.officially

55.A.it B.that C.which D.what

56.A.found B.founded C.set D.fixed

57.A.who B.that C.he D.whom

58.A.enjoyed B.fascinate C.interested D.astonished

59.A.famous B.reputation C.achievement D.strength

60.A.kept B.played C.held D.napped

II.Read the passage below and choose the best answer for the quesions from 61 to 65. Identify your

answer by circling the corresponding letter A,B,C.or D.

An English man living near Sheffield recently had a most unlucky day’s fishing.He was

standing on a low bridge when he had the misfortune to knock his tin of bait into the river.Leaning

over the side of the bridge, he tried to hook the tin and pull it out of the river.As

he did so,his car keys fell out of his pocket and disappeared in the water.

Page 3

Feeling thoroughly annoyed with himself and his luck ,the fisherman leant over the bridge to try

to see where his keys had gone.As he did so, the bridge collapsed and he fell into the river. This

was the last straw .The fisherman crawled out of the river and went back to his car. There he

discovered that he had locked the doors and could not get in. His anti-thief had immobilized his

car.There was nothing left for him to do but walk sadly home.

61.How did the tin of bait get into the river?

A.The passage does not say. B.The fisherman knocked it in accidentally.

C.It was probably blown in by the wind D.It fell in when the fisherman fell in.

62.When did the fisherman first lean over the bridge?

A.When it broke. B.When his keys fell in.

C.When the tin of bait fell in. D.A few minutes after he first started fishing.

63.What was the last straw, according to the passage?

A.Having to walk home B.Being unable to get into his car.

C.The loss of his car keys . D.The collapse of the bridge.

64.What is the meaning of “misfortune”?

A. bad luck B. good luck C. accidentally D. a clumsy act

65.What is the meaning of “thoroughly”?

A. slightly B.at last C.through D.extremely

PART E:WRITING

I.Finish each of the following sentences in such a way that it is as similar as possible in meaning to

the original sentence. Use the word given and other words as necessary.Do not change the form of

the given word.

66.He is talking to the girl with long hair. (whom)

......................................................................................................................

67. “You had better go to see the doctor immediately,” Jone said. (advised)

........................................................................................................................

68.She liked Paris very little and Rome less. (worse)

................................................................................................................................

69.I called my uncle for some advice. (order)

..................................................................................................................................

70.He used to get up very late. (habit)

....................................................................................................................................

II.Use the following sets of words and phrases to write a letter from Jenny to Diana.

R

R

R

E

E

E

V

V

V

I

I

I

E

E

E

W

W

W

F

F

F

O

O

O

R

R

R

T

T

T

H

H

H

E

E

E

2

2

2

S

S

S

T

T

T

S

S

S

E

E

E

M

M

M

E

E

E

S

S

S

T

T

T

E

E

E

R

R

R

T

T

T

E

E

E

S

S

S

T

T

T

-

-

-

E

E

E

N

N

N

G

G

G

L

L

L

I

I

I

S

S

S

H

H

H

1

1

1

0

0

0

29

Dear Diana,

71.Thank you /much/your letter/arrive/few days ago.

........................................................................................................................................................

72.It/be lovely/hear/you.

........................................................................................................................................................

73.I/be sorry/I not write/such /long time/but I/be very busy.

........................................................................................................................................................

74.As you know/we buy/new house/September.

........................................................................................................................................................

75.It/be/very bad condition/and it need/alot/work.

........................................................................................................................................................

76.We finish/most/ it now/and it look/very nice.

........................................................................................................................................................

77.Peter and I/decide /give/house-warming party/May 3

rd

........................................................................................................................................................

78.You think/you/able/come?

79.Please give me/ring/let/ know /you/make it.

........................................................................................................................................................

80.I/really/look forward/see you again.

........................................................................................................................................

Love,

Jenny

The end

ĐÁP ÁN ĐỀ THI HSG MÔN TIẾNG ANH LỚP 10 THPT(2010-2011)

Tổng số điểm :80/80 câu.Mỗi câu đúng được 1điểm.

PART A:(5 điểm)

1. informal 2. 30 street children 3. 250 children(with special difficulties)

4. 1998 5. Volunteers - June

PART B:(10 điểm)

I

6.B 7.C 8A 9.B 10.C

II

11.C 12.C 13.B 14.D 15.D

PART C (35điểm)

I

R

R

R

E

E

E

V

V

V

I

I

I

E

E

E

W

W

W

F

F

F

O

O

O

R

R

R

T

T

T

H

H

H

E

E

E

2

2

2

S

S

S

T

T

T

S

S

S

E

E

E

M

M

M

E

E

E

S

S

S

T

T

T

E

E

E

R

R

R

T

T

T

E

E

E

S

S

S

T

T

T

-

-

-

E

E

E

N

N

N

G

G

G

L

L

L

I

I

I

S

S

S

H

H

H

1

1

1

0

0

0

30

16.B 17.B 18.C 19.A 20.D 21.A 22.B 23.D 24.D 25.C 26.A

27.D 28.B 29.D 30.D 31.C 32.A 33.A 34.A 35.C 36.C 37.B

38.B 39.A 40.B 41.C 42.C 43.D 44.A 45.A

II

46. documentary 47. visually 48. informative 49. deafness 50. responsibilities

PARTD:(15 điểm)

I

51.B 52.A 53.D 54.C 55.C 56.B 57.A 58.D 59.B 60.A

II

61.B 62.C 63.D 64.A 65.D

PART E (15 điểm)

I

66. The gỉrl whom he is talking to has long hair.

67.John advised me to go to see the doctor immediately.

68.She thought Rome even worse than Paris.

69.I called my uncle in order to get some advice

70.He was in the habit of getting up very late.

II

71.Thank you very much for your letter which arrived a few days ago.

72.It was lovely to hear from you.

73.I’m sorry I have not written for such a long time but I’ve been very busy.

74.As you know , we bought a new house in September.

75.It was in very bad condition and it needed a lot of work.

76.We have finished most of it now and it looks very nice.

77.Peter and I have decided to give a house-warming party on May 3

rd

78.Do you think you will be able to come?

79.Please give me a ring and let me know if you can make it.

80.I’m really looking forward to seeing you again.

Love,

Jenny

Vinhphuc Education and Trainer Services

Nguyen Viet Xuan High School

GIFTED STUDENT SELECTING TEST: GRADE 10

TIME: 180 MINUTES

I. Chooses the word that has the underlined part pronounced differently:

R

R

R

E

E

E

V

V

V

I

I

I

E

E

E

W

W

W

F

F

F

O

O

O

R

R

R

T

T

T

H

H

H

E

E

E

2

2

2

S

S

S

T

T

T

S

S

S

E

E

E

M

M

M

E

E

E

S

S

S

T

T

T

E

E

E

R

R

R

T

T

T

E

E

E

S

S

S

T

T

T

-

-

-

E

E

E

N

N

N

G

G

G

L

L

L

I

I

I

S

S

S

H

H

H

1

1

1

0

0

0

31

1. a. warm

b. wash

c. wall

d. walk

2. a. height

b. weight

c. vein

d. eight

3. a. wood

b. soon

c. good

d. foot

4. a. student

b. huge

c. communicate

d. sudden

5. a. seafood

b. threaten

c. spread

d. peasant

II. Choose the words that have different stress pattern:

6. a. cartoon

b. comedy

c. document

d. action

7. ambitious

b. delicious

c. industrious

d. glorious

8. a. reply

b. communicate

c. subtract

d. practice

9. a. demonstration

b. atmosphere

c. documentary

d. engineer

10. a. beautiful

b. miraculous

c. endangered

d. extraordinary

III. Supply the correct form of the word in capital.

11. She has one of the biggest …………. in Britain.

COLLECT

12. They have added three new songs to the show, which……… by

LONG

about fifteen minutes

13. He was very ………… of the work he had done

PRIDE

14. I spend my ………….. in the country.

CHILD

15. I think it is very ……………… of him to expect us to work

REASON

over time every night this week.

III. Put the verbs in brackets in the correct forms of the

verbs.

16. (Come)……………. into the room he (see)…………….. Mary where he (leave)…………….

her.

17. The last time he (see)……………….. in the public he (wear)……………….. a grey suit.

18. That’s a good novel but I (not read)………………………… it before.

19. I couldn’t risk (leave)…………………… him alone.

20. Good, everybody’s ready. If we (leave)…………… now, we (miss)…………. the rush hour

traffic.

21. I (sit)…………………… there for about ten minutes, pretending to read, when someone

(sit)…………………. down at my table.

22. Their marriage only lasted three months. If he (be)…………………. less mean, she (not

leave)…………….……. him.

23. Heavy rain kept us from (go)……………………… to the class on time.

24. I (watch)………………………….. the TV when you called last night.

25. I (not see)…………………….. her since we (leave)……………………… school.

IV. Choose the best answer, A, B, C or D.

R

R

R

E

E

E

V

V

V

I

I

I

E

E

E

W

W

W

F

F

F

O

O

O

R

R

R

T

T

T

H

H

H

E

E

E

2

2

2

S

S

S

T

T

T

S

S

S

E

E

E

M

M

M

E

E

E

S

S

S

T

T

T

E

E

E

R

R

R

T

T

T

E

E

E

S

S

S

T

T

T

-

-

-

E

E

E

N

N

N

G

G

G

L

L

L

I

I

I

S

S

S

H

H

H

1

1

1

0

0

0

32

26. My classmate told me to watch movies in English ………. Learn spoken English better.

A. so as

B. so that

C. in order that

D. in order to

27. I’d like to contribute …………. the school Red Cross fund.

A. on

B. to

C. with

D. for

28. By the time you receive this letter, I ………………. for Ho Chi Minh city.

A. will leave

B. will be leaving

C. have left

D. will have left

29. He retired early

ill – health.

A. on behalf of

B. on account of

C. believe

D. imagine

30. Amy, ……….. car had broken down, was in a very bad mood.

A. who

B. whom

C. whose

D. that

31. The librarian gave us a lot of information, ……………… was very useful.

A. this

B. most of that

C. which most of it

D. most of which

32. Last summer, we had ………….. holiday in Spain

A. a two week’s

B. a two – weeks

C. two – week

D. a two – week

33. I felt sorry about breaking my friend’s glasses. Afterwards, I offered ……….. for them.

A. pay

B. to pay

C. paying

D. to paying

34. Nobody could hear her ………… she spoke too quietly.

A. so

B. however

C. although

D. because

35. The Icelandic language …………. very little over the past 800 years.

A. is changing B. was changing

C. has changed

D. changes

36. …………., Thomas refused the water.

A. Although he was thirsty

B. Despite he was thirsty

C. Though being thirsty

D. Even though his thirsty

37. I’m learning English ………….. English songs.

A. singing

B. to singing

C. to sing

D. for sing

38. His old story made me …………..

A. boreB. boring

C. bored

D. boredom

39. There will be ………… good film at ………… cinema next week.

A. a – a

B. a – the

C. the – a

D. the – the

40. I watch an ………..... film on TV last night.

A. interest

B. interests

C. interesting

D. interested

41. It was ………….. 2005 that he became an actor.

A. until that

B. not when

C. not until

D. until when

42. The paper has ………….. good news today.

A. a

B. an

C. the

D. some

R

R

R

E

E

E

V

V

V

I

I

I

E

E

E

W

W

W

F

F

F

O

O

O

R

R

R

T

T

T

H

H

H

E

E

E

2

2

2

S

S

S

T

T

T

S

S

S

E

E

E

M

M

M

E

E

E

S

S

S

T

T

T

E

E

E

R

R

R

T

T

T

E

E

E

S

S

S

T

T

T

-

-

-

E

E

E

N

N

N

G

G

G

L

L

L

I

I

I

S

S

S

H

H

H

1

1

1

0

0

0

33

43. If you ……….. to me, you wouldn’t have got so much trouble.

A. listened

B. would listen

C. had listened

D. would have listened

44. Many sea animals are at …………. due to hunting and water pollution.

A. loss

B. death

C. risk

D. danger.

45. Not until he was 16 …………….. English.

A. that he learned

B. when he learned

C. did he learn

D. would he learn

V. Find the mistake in each of the sentences below:

46. Ms Baker, she spent her life working with the health and welfare of the families of

A B

C

D

worker, is an successful woman in the world.

47. I remember to be given a toy drum on my fifth birthday.

A

B

C

D

48. She can sing the song by both Vietnamese and English.

A

B C

D

49. You can lead a horse to water but you can't make him drinking.

A

B

C

D

50. The breaking glass was still on the floor.

A B

C

D

VI. Choose the most suitable word or phrase to fill in each of the gaps in the following

passage.

Earlier

this

morning

when

some

classmates

and

I

were

[

51

]

basketball in the park

near our school, it suddenly began to rain

[

52

]

. We immediately grabbed our

basketball and ran for shelter. At

first we

stood together under a tree [53]

then it began

to

thunder.

Peter

told us

that

it

was

[54] to

stay under a

tree in a

rainstorm,

[

55

]

when there is lighting, so we ran to a nearby store to wait

[

56

]

the rain

stopped.

From

[

57

]

we were standing, we could see that the

[

58

]

was empty. Before the

rain had started, there had been

people

everywhere but now [59]

was playing basketball

or football or

doing

[60]

or sitting on the park [61] reading the morning

papers or

chatting with their

friends.

We stood in the [62]

of the store for nearly twenty

minutes

before the rain finally

stopped and the sun came [63]

again

from

behind the clouds. Within a few minutes the

park was [64]

of

people

again but now the air was cooler and big [65]

of rainwater could

be

seen

everywhere.

51. A. hitting

B. kicking

C. playing

D.

throwing

R

R

R

E

E

E

V

V

V

I

I

I

E

E

E

W

W

W

F

F

F

O

O

O

R

R

R

T

T

T

H

H

H

E

E

E

2

2

2

S

S

S

T

T

T

S

S

S

E

E

E

M

M

M

E

E

E

S

S

S

T

T

T

E

E

E

R

R

R

T

T

T

E

E

E

S

S

S

T

T

T

-

-

-

E

E

E

N

N

N

G

G

G

L

L

L

I

I

I

S

S

S

H

H

H

1

1

1

0

0

0

34

52. A. greatly

B. heavily

C. severely

D. very

big

53. A. and

B. so

C. but

D.

yet

54. A. danger

B. in danger

C. a danger

D.

dangerous

55. A. specially

B. especially

C. mostly

D.

chiefly

56. A. for

B. until

C. when

D.

as

57. A. here

B. where

C. there

D.

place

58. A. park

B. place

C. rain

D.

shelter

59. A. nobody

B. none

C. no people

D.

somebody

60. A. exercise

B. nothing

C. breathing.

D.

jogging

61. A. chairs

B. sofas

C. stools

D.

benches

62. A. doorway

B. door

C. gate

D.

window

63. A. back

B. up

C. out

D.

down

64. A. filled

B. full

C. crowded

D.

plenty

65. A. ponds

B. puddles

C. reservoirs

D.

springs

VI. Read the passage and choose the best answer for each of the following questions.

London is a big city, but many of the people who live there regard it as a number of small towns

put together. Each district has its own identity and atmosphere and some parts are even described

by their inhabitants as “village”. Much of the center of the city consists of shops and businesses and

the majority of people live in the suburbs. A great many of them travel to work in the city every

day by train, bus, tube or car; this is called commuting. Commuters might spend as much as two

hours every morning getting to work and another two hours getting home again. The cost of living

in London is higher than in most other parts of Britain, and many people are paid extra money on

top of their salaries because of this. Millions of visitors come to London every year from all over

the world to see the famous sights, such as Buckingham Palace, where the Queen live, and many

other historic buildings. London is famous for its theatres, red buses and black taxis.

66. Some parts of London are regarded as ‘village’ by the:

A. visitors

B. local residents

C. officers

D. foreigners

67. Which of the following sentences is NOT TRUE about London?

A. Most Londoners live in the city’s center.

B. In London, people travel to work by car, bus, train and tube.

C. It takes time for Londoners to go to work.

D. There are many famous places in London.

68. What does the word Commuters mean?

A. people who go to work by bus.

B. people who travel to work from their home every day.

R

R

R

E

E

E

V

V

V

I

I

I

E

E

E

W

W

W

F

F

F

O

O

O

R

R

R

T

T

T

H

H

H

E

E

E

2

2

2

S

S

S

T

T

T

S

S

S

E

E

E

M

M

M

E

E

E

S

S

S

T

T

T

E

E

E

R

R

R

T

T

T

E

E

E

S

S

S

T

T

T

-

-

-

E

E

E

N

N

N

G

G

G

L

L

L

I

I

I

S

S

S

H

H

H

1

1

1

0

0

0

35

C. people live in the suburbs.

D. those who travel to London.

69. Things in London are:

A. as expensive as other parts of Britain

B. at the same price as other parts of Britain.

C. cheaper than other parts of Britain.

D. more expensive than other parts of Britain.

70. London is famous for many things EXCEPT:

A. buses

B. historical buildings

C. Cinema

D. taxis.

VII. Rewrite the following sentences using the following cues.

71. If she had seen him waving, she would have waved back.

She didn’t ……………………………………………………………..

72. “I am leaving tomorrow,” she said, “by 4.30 from New York station”

She said ………………………………………………………………….

73. The secretary didn’t know where the meeting was. I talked to her five minutes ago.

The secretary who ……………………………………………………………………

74. I’m going horseback riding with Tom this afternoon. I’m afraid of horses.

Although …………………………………………………………………………….

75. It's about two kilometers and a half from her school to the

cinema. (make questions with the

underlined words)

…………………………………………………………………………………?

VIII. Complete each sentence of the following letter.

Dear Mr. Black,

1.

Thank you/ letter/ I receive/ this morning.

………………………………………………………………….

2.

Thank you/ invite me/ come/ interview/ Tuesday next week.

……………………………………………………………………

3.

Unfortunately/ I / not able/ attend/ time/ suggest.

……………………………………………………………………

4.

Be/ possible/ rearrange/ interview/ Wednesday morning/

……………………………………………………………………

5.

I/ be/ office/ 8.30/ morning.

……………………………………………………………………

6.

I/ be/ most grateful/ you/ contact/ confirm/ time.

R

R

R

E

E

E

V

V

V

I

I

I

E

E

E

W

W

W

F

F

F

O

O

O

R

R

R

T

T

T

H

H

H

E

E

E

2

2

2

S

S

S

T

T

T

S

S

S

E

E

E

M

M

M

E

E

E

S

S

S

T

T

T

E

E

E

R

R

R

T

T

T

E

E

E

S

S

S

T

T

T

-

-

-

E

E

E

N

N

N

G

G

G

L

L

L

I

I

I

S

S

S

H

H

H

1

1

1

0

0

0

36

……………………………………………………………………

7.

I/ look forward/ hear/ you/ and meet/ week.

……………………………………………………………………

Yours sincerely,

Thomas Dunn

-----The end-----

Sở GD & ĐT Hà Nội

ĐỀ THI CHỌN HỌC SINH GIỎI

Trường THPT Ngọc Tảo

Năm học: 2008-2009

MÔN THI: TIẾNG ANH - LỚP 10

Thời gian: 180 phút

Họ và tên: ………………………………………Lớp………………………………….

I. PHONETICS

A. Identify the word whose underlined part is pronounced differently from that of the rest.

1. A. machine B. school

C. stomach

D. chemistry

2. A. description

B. question

C. attraction

D. information

3. A. although B. without

C. thank

D. these

4. A. food

B. good

C. tooth

D. tool

5. A. heavy

B. bear

C. measure

D. eat

B. Find the word that has stressed syllable different from the others.

6. A. cartoon

B. open

C. paper

D. answer

7. A. manage

B. shortage

C. village

D. teacher

8. A. remain

B. convenient

C. volunteer

D. memorable

9. A. maintain B. marine

C. challenge

D. device

10. A. important

B. community C. organize

D. diseases

II. VOCABULARY - GRAMMAR

A. Choose the best answer from the four choices (A, B, C, or D) to complete each sentence

11. I am going to have my eye……..tomorrow.

A. to test

B. test

C. testing

D. tested

12. Nobody could hear her……..she spoke too quietly.

A. so

B. however

C. although

D. because

13. Keep silent! My father…… in his room.

A. is sleeping B. was sleeping

C. has slept

D. will be slept

14. I’d like to contribute…….the school Red Cross fund.

A. on

B. to

C. with

D. for

15. Hoang Anh Tuan …….injury to win the Olympic silver.

A. recovered

B. suffered

C. avoided

D. overcame

16. In my father’s ……., it is essential to eat vegetable every day.

A. idea

B. opinion

C. confidence D. principle

17. He showed us the house……….he was born

A. which

B. where

C. in where

D. in that

18. Madrid is famous……..its pulls

A. as

B. with

C. for

D. of

19. Life here is much easier than it………

A. would be

B. used to be

C. was

D. had better

20. Will you …….after the party.

R

R

R

E

E

E

V

V

V

I

I

I

E

E

E

W

W

W

F

F

F

O

O

O

R

R

R

T

T

T

H

H

H

E

E

E

2

2

2

S

S

S

T

T

T

S

S

S

E

E

E

M

M

M

E

E

E

S

S

S

T

T

T

E

E

E

R

R

R

T

T

T

E

E

E

S

S

S

T

T

T

-

-

-

E

E

E

N

N

N

G

G

G

L

L

L

I

I

I

S

S

S

H

H

H

1

1

1

0

0

0

37

A. call me off B. get me on

C. take me up D. pick me up

21. Last summer, we had ……. holiday in Spain

A. a two week’s

B. a two – weeks

C. two – week D. a two – week

22. . Amy, …….car had broken down, was in a very bad mood.

A. who

B. whom

C. whose

D. that

23. He…….ever goes to bed before midnight.

A. almost

B. hardly

C. nearly

D. scarcely

24. He retired early……..ill – health.

A. on behalf of

B. on account of

C. believe

D. imagine

25. You …… better be careful not to miss the train.

A. had

B. would

C. should

D. did

B. Choose the appropriate sentence from the box below to fill in each gap to complete the

following conversation.

Ann: Goodbye everyone! (26)…………………………………………………..

Jolly: Where are you going?

Ann: To Australia. (27)………………………………………………………….

Jolly: When are you coming back?

Ann: Well, (28)………………………………………………………………….

Jolly: It sounds great! (29)……………………………………………………….

Ann. Thanks. (30)……………………………………………………………….

a.

I’ll send you postcards.

b.

We’ve going on a two – week tour of Australia.

c.

I’m taking my family to visit the Great Barrier Reef

d.

I’m going on holiday

e.

Have a good time!

C. Complete the passage with the suitable words from the box

preserved

housed

labourers

outbuildings

village

life

community

fields

In most of Europe, farmers’ homes and (31)……………….are generally located within a village,

and

tools

and

animals

are

(32)………………there.

Every

morning,

the

farmers

and

farm

(33)……………….leave their (34)……………….to work their land or tend their animals in distant

(35)…………… and return to the village at the end of the day. Social (36)……………is thus

centripetal; that is, it is focused around the (37)……………center, the village. Only in certain parts

of Quebec has this pattern been (38)……………in North America.

III. ERROR IDENTIFICATION

39. How did you manage getting here so quickly?

A. How

B. did

C. getting

D. so

40. Ms Baker , she spent her life working with the health and welfare of the families of worker, is

an successful woman in the world.

A. she

B. her life

C. welfare

D. the

41. Because of the Lewis and Clark Expedition in 1972, the United States begin to realize the true

value of the Luisiana territory.

A. Because

B. begin

C. the true value

D. territory

42. I remember to be given a toy drum on my fifth birthday.

A. remember

B. to be

C. on

D. fifth

43. You can lead a horse to water but you can't make him drinking.

R

R

R

E

E

E

V

V

V

I

I

I

E

E

E

W

W

W

F

F

F

O

O

O

R

R

R

T

T

T

H

H

H

E

E

E

2

2

2

S

S

S

T

T

T

S

S

S

E

E

E

M

M

M

E

E

E

S

S

S

T

T

T

E

E

E

R

R

R

T

T

T

E

E

E

S

S

S

T

T

T

-

-

-

E

E

E

N

N

N

G

G

G

L

L

L

I

I

I

S

S

S

H

H

H

1

1

1

0

0

0

38

A. lead

B. but

C. make

D. drinking

IV. READING

A. Fill in each blank with a suitable word.

LOOKING FOR A JOB

I finished university six month (44)………….., I’ve got a degree in business administration.

I enjoyed the course very much (45)…….…….I realize I should have studied a lot harder! A few of

my friends have (46)……………got full-time jobs but most, me, are still waiting (47)………..…

something suitable to turn up. Meanwhile, I make sure that I keep myself busy. I look through the

job advertisements (48)…………… the newspapers every day and I also ask all the people I know

to tell me if they hear of any vacancies (49)……………...they work . What I am looking for is

something challenging and I would certainly be happy to move to another city or even work abroad

for a while. The (50)………….… is not so important at this stage , provided I earn enough to live

on , because I don’t want to continue (51)………………. to depend on my parents , although they

are (52)………………..generous to me . At the moment, I’m working in a nearby restaurant two

evenings (53)…………….... week, washing up and generally helping out, which brings a little

money . The other people working there are very friendly, and many of them are in the same

(54)………………as me, so we have lots of to talk (55)…………………

B. Choose the words or phrases that best complete this passage.

Earlier this morning when some classmates and I were (56) _____ basketball in the park

near our school, it suddenly began to rain (57) _____. We immediately grabbed our basketball and

ran for shelter. At first we stood together under a tree (58) _____ then it began to thunder. Peter

told us that it was (59)_____to stay under a tree in a rainstorm, (60)_____when there is lighting, so

we ran to a nearby store to wait (61)_____the rain stopped.

From (62)_____we were standing, we could see that the (63) ______ was empty. Before

the rain had started, there had been people everywhere but now (64)______was playing basketball

or football or doing (65)_____or sitting on the park (66)______reading the morning papers or

chatting with their friends.

We stood in the (67)_____of the store for nearly twenty minutes before the rain finally

stopped and the sun came (68)_____again from behind the clouds. Within a few minutes the park

was (69) _____of people again but now the air was cooler and big (70) ____of rainwater could be

seen everywhere.

56. A hitting

B kicking

C playing

D throwing

57. A greatly

B heavily

C severely

D very big

58. A and

B so

C but

D yet

59. A danger B in danger

C a danger

D dangerous

60. A specially

B especially

C mostly

D chiefly

61. A for

B until

C when

D as

62. A here B where

C there

D place

63. A park

B place

C rain

D shelter

64. A nobody B none `

C no people

D somebody

65. A exercise

B nothing

C breathing

D jogging

66. A chairs

B sofas

C stools

D benches

67. A doorway B door

C gate

D window

68. A back

B up

C out D down

69. A filled

B full

C crowded D plenty

70. A ponds

B puddles

C reservoirs D springs

C. Read the passage carefully and choose the correct answers.

They called New York “the Big Apple”. Maybe it is not exactly like an apple, it’s certainly very

big. There are too many people, that’s the problem. The streets are always full of car and trucks,

you can never find a place to park.

R

R

R

E

E

E

V

V

V

I

I

I

E

E

E

W

W

W

F

F

F

O

O

O

R

R

R

T

T

T

H

H

H

E

E

E

2

2

2

S

S

S

T

T

T

S

S

S

E

E

E

M

M

M

E

E

E

S

S

S

T

T

T

E

E

E

R

R

R

T

T

T

E

E

E

S

S

S

T

T

T

-

-

-

E

E

E

N

N

N

G

G

G

L

L

L

I

I

I

S

S

S

H

H

H

1

1

1

0

0

0

39

If you have enough money, you can take a taxi. New York cabs are yellow. They look all the

same. But the drivers are very different. Some were born and raised in New York, but many are

newcomers to the United States. A few drive slowly, but most go very very fast. Cab driving is

difficult job. It can be dangerous too. Thieves often try to steal the drivers’ money. Drivers

sometimes get hurt.

If you don’t want to take a taxi, you can go by bus or you can take the subway. The subway is

quick and it’s cheap, but parts of it are old and dirty. Lights don’t always work and there are often

fire on the track. On some subway lines, there are new, clean, silver trains. But you can’t see the

color of the old trains easily. There is too much dirt and too much graffiti, inside and out side.

71. What is the problem in New York ?

A. it has too many aples

B. it is too big

C. it looked like an apple D. it is too crowded

72. What does a cab mean ?

A. a truck

B. a bus

C. a taxi

D. It is too

crowded

73. Cab drivers in New York……………..

A. can be dangerous

B. look the same

C. can be attacked by thieves

D. were all born in New York

74. The world “track” can best be replaced by ………….

A. roadway

B. station

C. light bulb

D. train

75. Subways in New York ………….

A. are quick but dirty

B. have no lights

C. are clothes

D. often cause fires

V.WRITING

A. Complete the second sentence so that it has a similar meaning to the first

76. When did you last ride a bike?

How long……………………………………………

77. The trip was so interesting that we couldn’t forget it.

It…………………………………………………….

78. “ Don’t forget to go to the supermarket after work”

He reminded………………………………………..

79. How many books did they buy yesterday?

How many books……………………………………

80. I'm sorry I didn’t go to University

I regret………………………………………………

81. He prefers plain water to coffee.

He’d rather…………………………………………...

82. Although he wasn’t experienced, he got the job.

Despite……………………………………………….

83. She didn’t say a word as she left the room.

She left the room……………………………………

84. They are going to repair my car tomorrow.

I am going to have…………………………………….

85. You can’t travel on this train if you don’t have a reservation.

Unless……………………………………………………..

B. Composition:

Write a paragraph to tell about your recent journey (no more than 150 words)

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………

R

R

R

E

E

E

V

V

V

I

I

I

E

E

E

W

W

W

F

F

F

O

O

O

R

R

R

T

T

T

H

H

H

E

E

E

2

2

2

S

S

S

T

T

T

S

S

S

E

E

E

M

M

M

E

E

E

S

S

S

T

T

T

E

E

E

R

R

R

T

T

T

E

E

E

S

S

S

T

T

T

-

-

-

E

E

E

N

N

N

G

G

G

L

L

L

I

I

I

S

S

S

H

H

H

1

1

1

0

0

0

40

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………

…………………………………………………………………………

Good luck to you!

ANSWER KEY

I.PHONETICS (10 points)

1. A

2. B

3.C

4.B

5D

6.A

7.A

8. C

9.C

10.C

II. VOCABULARY - GRAMMAR (28 points)

A.

11. D

12.D

13.A

14.B

15.D

16.B

17.B

18.C

19.B

20.D

21.D

22.C

23.B

24.B

25.A

B.

26d

27c

28b

29e

30a

C.

31. outbuildings

32.housed

33. labourers

34. village

35.fields

36. life

37. community

38. preserved

III. ERROR IDENTIFICATION (5 points)

39. C

40.A

41.B

42.B

43D

IV. READING (32 points)

A.

44.

ago

45. although

46. already

47. for

48. in

49. where 50. salary

51 . having 52. very

53. a/per

54. situation

55. about

B.

56.C

57B

58C

59c

60B

61B

62B

63A

64A

65A

66D

67A

68C

69B

70B

C.

71D

72C

73C

74A

75A

V.WRITING

A. (10 points)

76. How long is it since you rode the bike?

77. It was such an interesting trip that we couldn’t forget it.

78. He reminded me to go to supermarket after work

79. How many books were bought yesterday?

80. I regret not going to University.

81. He’d rather plain water than coffee.

82. Despite his inexperience, he got the job

83. She left the room without saying a word.

84. I am going to have my car repaired tomorrow.

85. Unless you have a reservation you can’t travel on this train

B. 15 points

+ Useful language: spelling, vocabulary, connectors (5 points)

+ Grammar: tense (past tense), structures (5 points)

+ Content: creative, understandable (5 points)

PART ONE : PHONETICS

R

R

R

E

E

E

V

V

V

I

I

I

E

E

E

W

W

W

F

F

F

O

O

O

R

R

R

T

T

T

H

H

H

E

E

E

2

2

2

S

S

S

T

T

T

S

S

S

E

E

E

M

M

M

E

E

E

S

S

S

T

T

T

E

E

E

R

R

R

T

T

T

E

E

E

S

S

S

T

T

T

-

-

-

E

E

E

N

N

N

G

G

G

L

L

L

I

I

I

S

S

S

H

H

H

1

1

1

0

0

0

41

A/.Pick out the word whose underlined part has the pronunciation different from that of the

other words.

1 a. steal b. break c. wake d. hate

2a. increase b. independent c. ink d. income

3a. book b. put c. brook d.booth

4a musket b. business c. muscle d. muscular

5a. brother b. mathematics c. think d. dethrone

B/. Mark the main stress on these words:

1. perseverance 2. opportunities 3. industry 4 . refugee

5.artificial 6. persuade 7. museum 8. imperialist

9. decade 10. military

PART TWO : VOCABULARY

Put the word in brakets in their appropriate form:

1.

AIDS is the most dangerous…………….. disease of the 20

th

century. ( infect)

2.

The D war zone was the famous military base during the two……………wars. ( resist).

3.

There has been a……………. crisis in Asia ( money)

4.

When a small bar of a magnet is attached to a pigeon, it is……… to navigate. (able)

5.

The Titanic was not only the largest ship that has ever been built but was regarded as …….

(sink)

6.

…………………… drugs has theatened the young generation. (legal)

7.

UFO stands for an ………………………. Flying object . ( identify)

8.

A new economic……………………… zone has been established in our province.( process)

9.

Most of the surgical instruments are made of………………steel. (stain)

10.

The French …………….. were defeated at Dien Bien Phu on 7-5-1954. (colony)

11.

PART THREE : GRAMMAR

Rewrite the sentences so that they have the exact meaning as the original ones.

1.

He speaks more persuasively than his brother.

He is a………………………………………………………………….

2.

Mary told the police about the burglary.

Mary reported…………………………………………..

3.

I never intended to go to the meeting.

I never had…………………………………………………….

4. He forgot about the gun until he got home.

Not until……………………………………………………

5.You really should be able to dress yourself by now !

It

/

s high time………………………………………………………..

PART FOUR : CLOSE TEST

Fill in each number space with one appropriate word.

Pop music has (1) ……. Been influenced by ( 2)…….. forms of music: an important

(3)……… is folk music.

Folk songs are the songs (4)………… and sung by (5)…………. People. The songs may be

hundereds of years old, so (6)……………… knows who originally composed them. Modern musis

is (7)……………… music (8)…… dancing. In Britain it was traditionally played (9)…………

instruments (10)……………………. Flute, accordion.

PART FIVE : WRITING

R

R

R

E

E

E

V

V

V

I

I

I

E

E

E

W

W

W

F

F

F

O

O

O

R

R

R

T

T

T

H

H

H

E

E

E

2

2

2

S

S

S

T

T

T

S

S

S

E

E

E

M

M

M

E

E

E

S

S

S

T

T

T

E

E

E

R

R

R

T

T

T

E

E

E

S

S

S

T

T

T

-

-

-

E

E

E

N

N

N

G

G

G

L

L

L

I

I

I

S

S

S

H

H

H

1

1

1

0

0

0

42

Make all the changes and additions necessary to produce complete sentences. Write each

sentence in the space provided.

Dear Bill,

1.

I /expect / you be surprise / get / letter/ me.

2.

As /can/see/ address above/ I be/ hospital.

3.

Last Wednesday/ I have/ accident/ when I / drive / work.

4.

Child / run out/ front/ my car / and I/ HAVE/ STOP/SUDDEN/ that car behind/ crash/ me.

5.

Luckily/ I wear/ seat belt/ so /I/ not injure badly/ although/ have/ stay/ here/ next Friday.

6.

It/ be/ very boring/ I be pleased/ see/ if you/ have spare time.

7.

Visiting hours/ be/ 7.00 to 9.00/evening.

8.

I/hope/ able/ come.

9.

Give/ my/ regards your family.

10.

Look forward/ see you/ again.

- The end -

KEY

PART ONE : PHONETICS

A/.Pick out the word whose underlined part has the pronunciation different from that of the

other words. ( 2m)

1A 2C 3D 4B 5A

B/. Mark the main stress on these words: (4m)

1. perse

/

verance 2. oppor

/

tunities 3.

/

industry 4 . refu

/

gee

5.arti

/

ficial 6. per

/

suade 7. mu

/

seum 8. im

/

perialist

9.

/

decade 10.

/

military

PART TWO : VOCABULARY

Put the word in brakets in their appropriate form: (4m)

1. infectious 2. resistance 3. monetary 4. unable

5. unsinkable 6. illeglal 7. unidentified 8. processing

9. stainless 10. colonialists.

PART THREE : GRAMMAR

Rewrite the sentences so that they have the exact meaning as the original ones.(2m)

1. He is a more persuasive SPEAKER/ ORATOR than his brother.

2.

Mary reported the burglar to the police..

3 .I never had any intention of going to the meeting

4. Not unti he got home did he remember about the gun

5. It

/

s high time you were able to dress youself.

PART FOUR : CLOSE TEST (4m)

1. always 2. other 3. form 4 composed

5.country 6. nobody 7. often 8. for

9.with 10. like

PART FIVE : WRITING

Make all the changes and additions necessary to produce complete sentences. Write each

sentence in the space provided.(4m)

Dear Bill,

1. I expect you will be surprised to get a letter from me.

2. As you can see from the address above I am in hospital.

3. Last Wednesday I had an accident when I was driving to work.

R

R

R

E

E

E

V

V

V

I

I

I

E

E

E

W

W

W

F

F

F

O

O

O

R

R

R

T

T

T

H

H

H

E

E

E

2

2

2

S

S

S

T

T

T

S

S

S

E

E

E

M

M

M

E

E

E

S

S

S

T

T

T

E

E

E

R

R

R

T

T

T

E

E

E

S

S

S

T

T

T

-

-

-

E

E

E

N

N

N

G

G

G

L

L

L

I

I

I

S

S

S

H

H

H

1

1

1

0

0

0

43

4.

A child ran outin front of my car , and I Had to STOP so SUDDENly that the car behind

crash into me.

5.

Luckily I was wearing a seat belt so I wasn

/

t injured badly although I may have to stay here

until next Friday.

6.

It is very boring, and I would be pleased to see if you have any spare time.

7.

Visiting hours are 7.00 to 9.00 in the evening.

8.

I hope you are able to come.

9.

Give my regards to your family.

10.

Look forward seeing you again.

THE END

TRƯỜNG THPT TIÊN LỮ ĐỀ THI HỌC SINH GIỎI NĂM HỌC 2009

Môn thi: tiếng anh – khối 10

( Thời gian làm bài : 150 phút )

Họ và tên : …………………………………...........Lớp : ……………………….SBD :

………………

I.Phonetics

A. Choose one word whose stress pattern is different from the others.

1. A. wonderful

B. cartoon

C. visual

D. passive

2. A. joyfulness

B. emotion

C. favourite

D. Beautiful

3. A.event

B. hero

C. teacher

D.

Championship

4. A. audience

B. tournament

C. embarrassed

D. violent

5. A. background

B. humane

C. romantic

D. depend

B.Choose the word which has the underlined part pronounced differently from the others.

6.

A. chorus

B. technicolor

C. chopstick

D. character

7.

A. walked

B. danced

C. laughed

D. studied

8.

A. pair

B. fair

C. stair

D. Faith

9.

A. horses

B. tongues

C. places

D. faces

10. A. cheese

B. cheer

C. peer

D. career

II. Reading comprehension

A.Read the passage and decide the statements are true(T) or false(F).

Da Lat lies on Lam Vien plateau, in the central highland province of Lam Dong. Da Lat is a

well-known city attracting all the people who have been there once. DaLat is known as a city of

pine trees, waterfalls and flowers. Da Lat is described as a forest of flowers with different colors

and various species. Da Lat has the widestrange of orchid varieties in the country. Da Lat has few

rivers and canals but it has many picturesque waterfalls. The famous Cam Ly Falls is only three

kilometers from the town center. The Prenn Falls is ten kilometers in the South of Da Lat. The

water pours down like a white shade. Da Lat people are very proud of it. They always boast to

tourists about it in the first place.

N

0

SENTNECES

T

F

11

Da Lat is located in the highland province of Lam Dong.

12

There are a lot of rivers and canals in Da Lat.

13

The Cam Ly Falls is about ten kilometers from the town center.

14

In Da Lat, there are various species of flowers with different colors.

R

R

R

E

E

E

V

V

V

I

I

I

E

E

E

W

W

W

F

F

F

O

O

O

R

R

R

T

T

T

H

H

H

E

E

E

2

2

2

S

S

S

T

T

T

S

S

S

E

E

E

M

M

M

E

E

E

S

S

S

T

T

T

E

E

E

R

R

R

T

T

T

E

E

E

S

S

S

T

T

T

-

-

-

E

E

E

N

N

N

G

G

G

L

L

L

I

I

I

S

S

S

H

H

H

1

1

1

0

0

0

44

15

People know Da Lat as a city of trees, flowers and rivers

B.Choose the word or phrase which best fits each gap of the passage.

Tropical forests have (16)……………us with many sorts of plants for food, medicine and

industry. They also reduce (17)………………..and droughts, keep water clean, and slow down the

Greenhouse Effect.

However, the tropical forests are being(18)…………….to make rooms for things like

farms,

ranches,

mines

and

hydroelectric(19)…………………About

twenty

million

hactares(20)…………each year – an area more than twice the size of Australia.

16. A. given

B. supplied

C. provided

D. B and C

17. A. floods

B. water

C. rain

D. pollution

18. A. destroying

B. destroyed

C. endangering

D. endangered

19. A. power

B. station

C. current

D. dams

20. A. is lost

B. lost

C. are lost

D. are losing

III. VOCABULARY AND GRAMMAR

A. Put the verbs in brackets in the correct forms of the verbs.

21.My cousin and I ( watch)………….. a movie on TV last night when my brother

(come)…………..

22. He ( come)………….. a moment ago and (turn)………….. the TV on very loudly .

23. He ( learn)…………. two languages before he (move)…………….. to Canada last month.

24. She always (drink)……………………….. a glass of milk for breakfast, but this morning she

(drink)………………. a cup of coffee.

25. Be quiet! The baby ( sleep) in the room. I just( put) him in bed for sleeping.

B.Supply the correct form of the words

26. His foolish mistakes ………………………….all of us. (amusement)

27. Ann gave a brilliant ……………………as Juliet in the school play. (perform)

28. She was very …………………at being delayed (anger)

29. Why are you so ………………….? My little sister drove me crazy. (frustrate)

30. Both musically and …………………………..it is very effective. (lyrics)

C. Choose the best answer A, B, C, or D

31. …………………..other worker’s constant objection, the director dismissed the worker.

A. Because

B. Because of

C. Although

D. Inspite of

32. “ How long have you known him?”

“………………..”

A. since five years

B. for five years

C. ever since five years

D. along five

years

33. …………………is yours, the red one or the green one.

A. When

B. which

C. what

D. When

34. I spent a(n)………………….night because of my toothache.

A. sleepy

B. sleeping

C. asleep

D. sleepless

35. Whenever my father travels by plane, he buys some …………………goods at the airport.

A. free of charge

B. duty-free

C. fax-free

D. free of duty

36. It is an .................. book. I am .................. in it.

A. interesting / interested B. interesting / interesting

C. interest / interested

D. interested / interested

37. It was not until1930………………….he became an actor.

A. that

B. when

C. which

D. in which

38. She study hard…………………her parent’sexpectation.

A. meeting

B. to meet

C. meet

D. met

39. We would stay at home……………………………………………………

A. If it is snowing.

B. If it is going to snow.

C. If it would snow.

D. If it was snowing

R

R

R

E

E

E

V

V

V

I

I

I

E

E

E

W

W

W

F

F

F

O

O

O

R

R

R

T

T

T

H

H

H

E

E

E

2

2

2

S

S

S

T

T

T

S

S

S

E

E

E

M

M

M

E

E

E

S

S

S

T

T

T

E

E

E

R

R

R

T

T

T

E

E

E

S

S

S

T

T

T

-

-

-

E

E

E

N

N

N

G

G

G

L

L

L

I

I

I

S

S

S

H

H

H

1

1

1

0

0

0

45

40. The waste from the chemical factory is extremely………………………

A. harmed

B. unharmed

C. harmful

D. harmless

41. A: Does Mr Tan travel to HCM city to work everyday?

B: Yes. He takes a …………………bus.

A. transportation

B. commuter

C. passenger

D. daily

42. If you’re too ill to come,…………………………………………………

A. I’ll come over and see you.

B. I wouldn’t have done all this for you.

C. I asked someone else.

D. I could come over and see you.

43. All the rooms in this small hotel are………………….., and that would make it too expensive to

stay in.

A. air-condition B. air-conditioning

C. air conditioners

D. air-

conditioned

44. He was …………….the “golden kite” for being the best film director.

A. rewarded

B. given

C.awarded

D.enjoyed

45. He couldn't have known what was in the letter ______ he had written it himself.

A. until

B. if

C. unless

D. if only

46. Hoang is really .......... about going to Ho Chi Minh City. It will be an ................ experience for

him.

A. exhaust/ exhausting B. exhausting/ exhausting

C. exhausted/ exhausting D. exhausted/ exhausted

47. When I ………………, everyone ……………………….

A.arrived/had left

B. had arrived/ left

C. would arrive/haves

D. arrived/ has

left.

48. I remember ______ him once in my life.

A. to meet

B. Meeting

C. to have met

D. met

49. .................... do you always go to school? - By bus

A. What B. What time C. When

D. How

50.This house, …………..he bought in 1990, is being repaired at the moment.

A.that

B.which

C.what

D.who

51.'No, I didn't steal anything from her,' said Henry.

A. Henry confirmed that he had stolen things from her.

B. Henry refused to steal things from her.

C. Henry denied stealing things from her.

D. Henry said no to stealing things from her.

52.John never comes to class on time and…………

A.neither does Peter

B.neither doesn’t Peter

C.so doesn’t Peter

D.so does Peter

53. Chinese New Year is .................... important holiday in Taiwan.

A. a

B. the

C. an

D. no article

54. “They received this present yesterday” means :

A. This present is received yesterday.

B. This present was received yesterday.

C. This present received yesterday.

D. This present has received yesterday.

55. Can I ……………your dictionary, please? I can’t find mine.

A. look

B. owe

C. borrow

D. lend

56. How……………….is your house from here? It’s about two hours by taxi.

A. far

B. many

C. long

D. much

57. He is ………………to do such work.

A. not enough strong B. strong not enough C. not strong enough D. enough strong

58. “ I did my best,” she said, “ so why are you angry………………….me?”

A. with

B. on

C. for

D. of

59. They all laughed because the film was very…………………..

A. amuse

B. amusing

C. amused

D. amusement

R

R

R

E

E

E

V

V

V

I

I

I

E

E

E

W

W

W

F

F

F

O

O

O

R

R

R

T

T

T

H

H

H

E

E

E

2

2

2

S

S

S

T

T

T

S

S

S

E

E

E

M

M

M

E

E

E

S

S

S

T

T

T

E

E

E

R

R

R

T

T

T

E

E

E

S

S

S

T

T

T

-

-

-

E

E

E

N

N

N

G

G

G

L

L

L

I

I

I

S

S

S

H

H

H

1

1

1

0

0

0

46

60. Tim ………………go fishing with his father when he was young.

A. used to

B. has used to

C. is used to

D. was used to

61. It’s no good…………………your father about your failure.

A. to tell

B. tell

C. telling

D. told

62. The boy fell into the water and was ………………….

A. missed

B. killed

C. destroyed

D. Drowned

63. The cinema changed completely at ……… end of………. 1920s.

A. an- the

B. the – x

C. x- the

D. the- the

64. She was born ……………………….April, 1991.

A. in

B. on

C. at

D. since

65. We haven’t seen each other……………………last January.

A. for

B. on

C. since

D. In

IV. Writing

A.

Choose the correct sentence with the same meaning as the one in italics.

66. If I knew his telephone number, I would phone him.

A. I didn’t know his telephone number, so I couldn’t phone him.

B. Because I don’t know his telephone number, I can’t phone him.

C. I don’t know his telephone number. That why I can’t phone him.

D. I knew his telephone number, and I could phone him.

67. The building has been designed by a famous architect.

A. A famous architect designed the building .

B. A famous architect has been designed the building

C. A famous architect has designed the building .

D. A famous architectwas designed the building .

68. “ I think smoking in restaurants should be banned,” he says.

A. He doesn’t think smoking in restaurants is permitted.

B. He doesn’t like smoking in restaurants.

C. He advised everybody not to smoke in restaurants.

D. He thinks the government should ban smoking in restaurants.

69. The picnic was cancelled because it rained.

A.If it didn’t rain, the picnic wouldn’t be cancelled.

B. If it hadn’t rained, the picnic wouldn’t have been cancelled.

C.If it didn’t rain, the picnic wouldn’t have been cancelled.

D.If it hadn’t rained, the picnic wouldn’t be cancelled

70. It’s ages since I last saw you.

A. I haven’t seen you for a long time.

B.I didn’t see you since ages.

C. I haven’t seen you since a long time.

D. I didn’t see you for ages.

B. Use the words given to complete a refusal letter.

Dear Betty,

71.Thanks/ kind invitation/ daughter’s birthday.

………………………………………………………………………………………..

72.

I/ love/ see/ niece/ but/ unfortunately/ I/ afraid/ won’t/ able/ visit you/ next weekend.

……………………………………………………………………………………………

73. I/ go/ camping trip/ my school students/ occasion/ school anniversary.

……………………………………………………………………………………………

74. What pity! I wish/ give Leslie/ hug/ day. Thank/ anyway/ more.

……………………………………………………………………………………………

75.

Remember/ send / photos/ Leslie/ her birthday.

…………………………………………………………………………………………….

76.

Look/ to/ seeing/ photos/ lovely niece.

……………………………………………………………………………………………

R

R

R

E

E

E

V

V

V

I

I

I

E

E

E

W

W

W

F

F

F

O

O

O

R

R

R

T

T

T

H

H

H

E

E

E

2

2

2

S

S

S

T

T

T

S

S

S

E

E

E

M

M

M

E

E

E

S

S

S

T

T

T

E

E

E

R

R

R

T

T

T

E

E

E

S

S

S

T

T

T

-

-

-

E

E

E

N

N

N

G

G

G

L

L

L

I

I

I

S

S

S

H

H

H

1

1

1

0

0

0

47

Lots of love

Marry

C.Complete the second sentence so that the meaning is similar to the first one

77.I have no right qualification and I can’t apply for the job.

→If………………………………………………………………………….

78.The prime minister was going to open the new school.

→The new school…………………………………………………………..

79. .Silent films didn’t become available until the late 1920s.

→It was not until……………………………………………………………

80.Although he has a very important job, he isn’t particularly well-paid.

→In spite of………………………………………………………………..

--The end--

Sở GD & ĐT Nghệ An

ĐỀ THI CHỌN HỌC SINH GIỎI CẤP TRƯỜNG

Trường THPT Anh Sơn1

Năm học: 2008-2009

MÔN THI: TIẾNG ANH - LỚP 10

Thời gian: 120 phút

Họ và tên: ………………………………………Lớp………………………………………….

I. PHONETICS

A. Identify the word whose underlined part is pronounced differently from that of the rest.

1. A. machine

B. school

C. stomach

D. chemistry

2. A. description

B. question

C. attraction

D. information

3. A. although

B. without

C. thank

D. these

4. A. food

B. good

C. tooth

D. tool

5. A. heavy

B. bear

C. measure

D. eat

B. Find the word that has stressed syllable different from the others.

6. A. cartoon

B. open

C. paper

D. answer

7. A. manage

B. shortage

C. village

D. teacher

8. A. remain

B. convenient

C. volunteer

D. memorable

9. A. maintain

B. marine

C. challenge

D. device

10. A. important

B. community

C. organize

D. diseases

II. VOCABULARY - GRAMMAR

A. Choose the best answer from the four choices (A, B, C, or D) to complete each sentence

11. I am going to have my eye……..tomorrow.

A. to test

B. test

C. testing

D. tested

12. Nobody could hear her……..she spoke too quietly.

A. so

B. however

C. although

D. because

13. Keep silent! My father…… in his room.

A. is sleeping B. was sleeping

C. has slept

D. will be slept

14. I’d like to contribute…….the school Red Cross fund.

A. on

B. to

C. with

D. for

15. Hoang Anh Tuan …….injury to win the Olympic silver.

A. recovered

B. suffered

C. avoided

D. overcame

16. In my father’s ……., it is essential to eat vegetable every day.

A. idea

B. opinion

C. confidence D. principle

17. He showed us the house……….he was born

A. which

B. where

C. in where

D. in that

18. Madrid is famous……..its pulls

R

R

R

E

E

E

V

V

V

I

I

I

E

E

E

W

W

W

F

F

F

O

O

O

R

R

R

T

T

T

H

H

H

E

E

E

2

2

2

S

S

S

T

T

T

S

S

S

E

E

E

M

M

M

E

E

E

S

S

S

T

T

T

E

E

E

R

R

R

T

T

T

E

E

E

S

S

S

T

T

T

-

-

-

E

E

E

N

N

N

G

G

G

L

L

L

I

I

I

S

S

S

H

H

H

1

1

1

0

0

0

48

A. as

B. with

C. for

D. of

19. Life here is much easier than it………

A. would be

B. used to be

C. was

D. had better

20. Will you …….after the party.

A. call me off B. get me on

C. take me up D. pick me up

21. Last summer, we had ……. holiday in Spain

A. a two week’s

B. a two – weeks

C. two – week D. a two – week

22. . Amy, …….car had broken down, was in a very bad mood.

A. who

B. whom

C. whose

D. that

23. He…….ever goes to bed before midnight.

A. almost

B. hardly

C. nearly

D. scarcely

24. He retired early……..ill – health.

A. on behalf of

B. on account of

C. believe

D. imagine

25. You …… better be careful not to miss the train.

A. had

B. would

C. should

D. did

B. Choose the appropriate sentence from the box below to fill in each gap to complete the

following conversation.

Ann: Goodbye everyone! (26)…………………………………………………..

Jolly: Where are you going?

Ann: To Australia. (27)………………………………………………………….

Jolly: When are you coming back?

Ann: Well, (28)………………………………………………………………….

Jolly: It sounds great! (29)……………………………………………………….

Ann. Thanks. (30)……………………………………………………………….

f.

I’ll send you postcards.

g.

We’ve going on a two – week tour of Australia.

h.

I’m taking my family to visit the Great Barrier Reef

i.

I’m going on holiday

j.

Have a good time!

C. Complete the passage with the suitable words from the box

preserved

housed

labourers

outbuildings

village

life

community

fields

In most of Europe, farmers’ homes and (31)……………….are generally located within a village,

and

tools

and

animals

are

(32)………………there.

Every

morning,

the

farmers

and

farm

(33)……………….leave their (34)……………….to work their land or tend their animals in distant

(35)…………… and return to the village at the end of the day. Social (36)……………is thus

centripetal; that is, it is focused around the (37)……………center, the village. Only in certain parts

of Quebec has this pattern been (38)……………in North America.

III. ERROR IDENTIFICATION

39. How did you manage getting here so quickly?

A. How

B. did

C. getting

D. so

40. Ms Baker , she spent her life working with the health and welfare of the families of worker, is

an successful woman in the world.

A. she

B. her life

C. welfare

D. the

41. Because of the Lewis and Clark Expedition in 1972, the United States begin to realize the true

value of the Luisiana territory.

R

R

R

E

E

E

V

V

V

I

I

I

E

E

E

W

W

W

F

F

F

O

O

O

R

R

R

T

T

T

H

H

H

E

E

E

2

2

2

S

S

S

T

T

T

S

S

S

E

E

E

M

M

M

E

E

E

S

S

S

T

T

T

E

E

E

R

R

R

T

T

T

E

E

E

S

S

S

T

T

T

-

-

-

E

E

E

N

N

N

G

G

G

L

L

L

I

I

I

S

S

S

H

H

H

1

1

1

0

0

0

49

A. Because

B. begin

C. the true value

D. territory

42. I remember to be given a toy drum on my fifth birthday.

A. remember

B. to be

C. on

D. fifth

43. You can lead a horse to water but you can't make him drinking.

A. lead

B. but

C. make

D. drinking

IV. READING

A. Fill in each blank with a suitable word.

LOOKING FOR A JOB

I finished university six month (44)………….., I’ve got a degree in business administration.

I enjoyed the course very much (45)…….…….I realize I should have studied a lot harder! A few of

my friends have (46)……………got full-time jobs but most, me, are still waiting (47)………..…

something suitable to turn up. Meanwhile, I make sure that I keep myself busy. I look through the

job advertisements (48)…………… the newspapers every day and I also ask all the people I know

to tell me if they hear of any vacancies (49)……………...they work . What I am looking for is

something challenging and I would certainly be happy to move to another city or even work abroad

for a while. The (50)………….… is not so important at this stage , provided I earn enough to live

on , because I don’t want to continue (51)………………. to depend on my parents , although they

are (52)………………..generous to me . At the moment, I’m working in a nearby restaurant two

evenings (53)…………….... week, washing up and generally helping out, which brings a little

money . The other people working there are very friendly, and many of them are in the same

(54)………………as me, so we have lots of to talk (55)…………………

B. Choose the words or phrases that best complete this passage.

Earlier this morning when some classmates and I were (56) _____ basketball in the park

near our school, it suddenly began to rain (57) _____. We immediately grabbed our basketball and

ran for shelter. At first we stood together under a tree (58) _____ then it began to thunder. Peter

told us that it was (59)_____to stay under a tree in a rainstorm, (60)_____when there is lighting, so

we ran to a nearby store to wait (61)_____the rain stopped.

From (62)_____we were standing, we could see that the (63) ______ was empty. Before

the rain had started, there had been people everywhere but now (64)______was playing basketball

or football or doing (65)_____or sitting on the park (66)______reading the morning papers or

chatting with their friends.

We stood in the (67)_____of the store for nearly twenty minutes before the rain finally

stopped and the sun came (68)_____again from behind the clouds. Within a few minutes the park

was (69) _____of people again but now the air was cooler and big (70) ____of rainwater could be

seen everywhere.

56. A hitting

B kicking

C playing

D throwing

57. A greatly

B heavily

C severely

D very big

58. A and

B so

C but

D yet

59. A danger

B in danger

C a danger

D dangerous

60. A specially

B especially

C mostly

D chiefly

61. A for

B until

C when

D as

62. A here

B where

C there

D place

63. A park

B place

C rain

D shelter

64. A nobody

B none `

C no people

D somebody

65. A exercise

B nothing

C breathing

D jogging

66. A chairs

B sofas

C stools

D benches

67. A doorway

B door

C gate

D window

68. A back

B up

C out D down

69. A filled

B full

C crowded

D plenty

70. A ponds

B puddles

C reservoirs

D springs

R

R

R

E

E

E

V

V

V

I

I

I

E

E

E

W

W

W

F

F

F

O

O

O

R

R

R

T

T

T

H

H

H

E

E

E

2

2

2

S

S

S

T

T

T

S

S

S

E

E

E

M

M

M

E

E

E

S

S

S

T

T

T

E

E

E

R

R

R

T

T

T

E

E

E

S

S

S

T

T

T

-

-

-

E

E

E

N

N

N

G

G

G

L

L

L

I

I

I

S

S

S

H

H

H

1

1

1

0

0

0

50

C. Read the passage carefully and choose the correct answers.

They called New York “the Big Apple”. Maybe it is not exactly like an apple, it’s certainly very

big. There are too many people, that’s the problem. The streets are always full of car and trucks,

you can never find a place to park.

If you have enough money, you can take a taxi. New York cabs are yellow. They look all the

same. But the drivers are very different. Some were born and raised in New York, but many are

newcomers to the United States. A few drive slowly, but most go very very fast. Cab driving is

difficult job. It can be dangerous too. Thieves often try to steal the drivers’ money. Drivers

sometimes get hurt.

If you don’t want to take a taxi, you can go by bus or you can take the subway. The subway is

quick and it’s cheap, but parts of it are old and dirty. Lights don’t always work and there are often

fire on the track. On some subway lines, there are new, clean, silver trains. But you can’t see the

color of the old trains easily. There is too much dirt and too much graffiti, inside and out side.

71. What is the problem in New York ?

A. it has too many aples

B. it is too big

C. it looked like an apple D. it is too crowded

72. What does a cab mean ?

A. a truck

B. a bus

C. a taxi

D. It is too

crowded

73. Cab drivers in New York……………..

A. can be dangerous

B. look the same

C. can be attacked by thieves

D. were all born in New York

74. The world “track” can best be replaced by ………….

A. roadway

B. station

C. light bulb

D. train

75. Subways in New York ………….

A. are quick but dirty

B. have no lights

C. are clothes

D. often cause fires

V.WRITING

A. Complete the second sentence so that it has a similar meaning to the first

76. When did you last ride a bike?

How long……………………………………………

77. The trip was so interesting that we couldn’t forget it.

It…………………………………………………….

78. “ Don’t forget to go to the supermarket after work”

He reminded………………………………………..

79. How many books did they buy yesterday?

How many books……………………………………

80. I'm sorry I didn’t go to University

I regret………………………………………………

81. He prefers plain water to coffee.

He’d rather…………………………………………...

82. Although he wasn’t experienced, he got the job.

Despite……………………………………………….

83. She didn’t say a word as she left the room.

She left the room……………………………………

84. They are going to repair my car tomorrow.

I am going to have…………………………………….

85. You can’t travel on this train if you don’t have a reservation.

R

R

R

E

E

E

V

V

V

I

I

I

E

E

E

W

W

W

F

F

F

O

O

O

R

R

R

T

T

T

H

H

H

E

E

E

2

2

2

S

S

S

T

T

T

S

S

S

E

E

E

M

M

M

E

E

E

S

S

S

T

T

T

E

E

E

R

R

R

T

T

T

E

E

E

S

S

S

T

T

T

-

-

-

E

E

E

N

N

N

G

G

G

L

L

L

I

I

I

S

S

S

H

H

H

1

1

1

0

0

0

51

Unless……………………………………………………..

B. Composition:

Write a paragraph to tell about your recent journey (no more than 150 words)

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………

…………………………………………………………………

Good luck to you!

ANSWER KEY

I.PHONETICS (10 points)

1. A

2. B

3.C

4.B

5D

6.A

7.A

8. C

9.C

10.C

II. VOCABULARY - GRAMMAR (28 points)

A.

11. D

12.D

13.A

14.B

15.D

16.B

17.B

18.C

19.B

20.D

21.D

22.C

23.B

24.B

25.A

B.

26d

27c

28b

29e

30a

C.

31. outbuildings

32.housed

33. labourers

34. village

35.fields

36. life

37. community

38. preserved

III. ERROR IDENTIFICATION (5 points)

39. C

40.A

41.B

42.B

43D

IV. READING (32 points)

A.

45.

ago

45. although

46. already

47. for

48. in

49. where 50. salary

51 . having 52. very

53. a/per

54. situation

55. about

B.

56.C

57B

58C

59c

60B

61B

62B

63A

64A

65A

66D

67A

68C

69B

70B

C.

71D

72C

73C

74A

75A

V.WRITING

A. (10 points)

76. How long is it since you rode the bike?

77. It was such an interesting trip that we couldn’t forget it.

78. He reminded me to go to supermarket after work

79. How many books were bought yesterday?

80. I regret not going to University.

81. He’d rather plain water than coffee.

82. Despite his inexperience, he got the job

83. She left the room without saying a word.

84. I am going to have my car repaired tomorrow.

85. Unless you have a reservation you can’t travel on this train

B. 15 points

R

R

R

E

E

E

V

V

V

I

I

I

E

E

E

W

W

W

F

F

F

O

O

O

R

R

R

T

T

T

H

H

H

E

E

E

2

2

2

S

S

S

T

T

T

S

S

S

E

E

E

M

M

M

E

E

E

S

S

S

T

T

T

E

E

E

R

R

R

T

T

T

E

E

E

S

S

S

T

T

T

-

-

-

E

E

E

N

N

N

G

G

G

L

L

L

I

I

I

S

S

S

H

H

H

1

1

1

0

0

0

52

+ Useful language: spelling, vocabulary, connectors (5 points)

+ Grammar: tense (past tense), structures (5 points)

+ Content: creative, understandable (5 points)

ĐỀ THI THỬ ĐẠI HỌC

Thoi gian lam bai 150’

I.

ON YOUR ANSWER SHEET INDICATE THE LETTER A,B,C OR D AGAINST

THE NUMBER OF EACH ITEM:

1.

According to the---------of the contract, tenants must give six months’ notice if they intend to

leave.

A.

Laws B. Rules C. Terms D. Details

2.

The injured man was taken to hospital and ---------for internal injuries.

A.

Cured B. Healed C. Operated D. Treated

3.

The door hinges had all been oiled to stop them-----------

A.

Squeaking B. Screeching C. Shrieking D. Squealing.

4.

Mary attempted to--------herself with her boss by volunteering to take on extra work.

A.

Gratify B. Please C. Ingratiate D. Commend.

5.

You are under no obligation-------to accept this offer.

A.

Indeed B. Eventually C. Apart D. Whatsoever.

6.

The dealer wanted $400, I wanted to pay $ 300, and we finally agreed to ---------the difference.

A.

Divide B. Split C. Drop D. Decrease.

7.

I was ----------in the book, I was reading and didn’t hear the phone.

A.

Distracted B. Submerged C. Gripped D. Engrossed

8.

A washing machine of this type will certainly---------up to normal domestic use.

A.

Hold B. Stand C. Come D. Take

9. -------------any other politician would have given way to this sort of pressure years ago.

A. Really B. Practically

C. Actually D. Utterly.

10. If you---------too long, you may miss a wonderful opportunity.

A. Loiter B. Doubt C. Hover D. Hesitate

11. The singer’s performance was so exciting that many of his fans were-------enthusiasm.

A. Carried away with B. Moved to C. Taken back with D. Stirred up with

12. Passengers are---------not to leave cases and packages here.

A. Commanded B. Informed C. Notified D. Advised

13. He has an excellent--------as a criminal lawyer.

14. Hardly had the van turned the corner when one of the back wheels---------

A. Broke away B. Turned around C. Came off D. Rolled down.

15. There was no sound to be heard except the-----------of raindrops on the roof.

II.ON YOUR ANSWER SHEET INDICATE THE LETTER A,B,C OR D AGAINST THE

NUMBER OF EACH ITEM:

FIRST PASSAGE

Lily Chen always prepared an ‘evening’ snack for her husband to consume on his return at

1.15p.m. This was not strictly necessary since Chen enjoyed at the unusually late hour of 11.45 pm,

what the boss boasted was the best employees’ dinner in any restaurant. They sat waiters, boss, and

boss’s mother too, at a round table and ate soup, a huge fish, vegetables, shredded pork, and a tureen

of steaming rice. Lily still went ahead and prepared broth, golden- yellow with floating oily rings

and put it before her husband when he returned. She felt she would have been failing in her wifely

duties otherwise. Dutifully, Chan drank the soup he raised to his mouth in the porcelain spoon while

Lily watched him closely from the sofa. It was far too rich for him. Lily had the gas fire burning five

minutes before her husband’s footfall on the stone stairs and Chan would be perspiring heavily by

the time he finished, abandoning the spoon and applying the bowl to his lips to drink the last

awkward inches, the beads of moisture on his forehead as salty as the broth. He fancied they fell in

and over- seasoned the last of the soup. Four years ago, at the beginning of their marriage, Chen had

R

R

R

E

E

E

V

V

V

I

I

I

E

E

E

W

W

W

F

F

F

O

O

O

R

R

R

T

T

T

H

H

H

E

E

E

2

2

2

S

S

S

T

T

T

S

S

S

E

E

E

M

M

M

E

E

E

S

S

S

T

T

T

E

E

E

R

R

R

T

T

T

E

E

E

S

S

S

T

T

T

-

-

-

E

E

E

N

N

N

G

G

G

L

L

L

I

I

I

S

S

S

H

H

H

1

1

1

0

0

0

53

tried leaving the last spoonful but Lily’s reproachful eyes were intolerable. She was merciless now,

watching him with sidelong glances from the sofa, her knees pressed closely together while she

paired the baby’s socks from the plastic basket on the floor. ‘Did you enjoy that, husband?’ ‘Was it

nice?’ she would enquire brightly. Chen would grunt in his solid way, not wishing to hurt her

feelings but also careful not to let himself in for a bigger bowl in the future.

Although comfortably full, Chen would have liked a biscuit but Lily was unrelenting here as well.

Sweet after salty was dangerous for the system, so she had been taught; it could upset the whole

balance of the dualistic or female and male principles, yin and yang. Lily was full of incontrovertible

pieces of lore like this which she had picked up from her father who had been a part- time bone-

setter and Chinese boxer. For four years, therefore, Chen had been going to bed tortured with the last

extremities of thirst but with his dualistic male and female principles in harmony. This was more

than could be said for Lily, Chen often thought, who concealed a steely will behind her demure

exterior.

16. What was Chen’s job?

A. He ran a restaurant B. He washed dishes C. He was a cook D. he worked as a

waiter

17. How did Chen feel about his meal at home?

A. It was too hot B. He looked forward to it

C. It was well-balanced D. He would rather not have it

18. Chen always finished his soup because Lily

A. Felt content if he did. B. Would then allow him to drink

C. Did not like to throw food away D. Complained bitterly if he didn’t

19. Chen’s homelife was difficult because of his wife’s

A. Lack of concern B. Rigid ideas. C. Thoughtlessness D. Unco-operative behavior

20. Which of the following statements correctly describes the relationship between Lily and Chen?

A. They were indifferent to each other B. They respected each other

C. They made each other suffer. D. They did not get on well.

III. USE THE WORDS TO THE RIGHT OF THE TWO TEXTS TO FORM ONE WORD THAT

FITS IN THE SAME NUMBERED SPACE IN THE TEXT:

Traffic congestion is now a problem in practically major city in the world but nobody has yet

found a workable (21)---------to the seemingly inevitable chaos. A metro system is sadly (22)---------

in most cities for geographical reasons. Tram systems are (23)-------in old cities where narrow,

winding streets make the installation of overhead cables a practical (24)--------many local

government the business of coaxing people into buses and (25)-----------them from using their cars

easier said than done. And yet it is (26)--------that the situation should be allowed to remain as it is.

The arguments are in favor of direct action are now (27)-------if we are ever to prevent (28)------

levels of population and economic chaos.

It is astonishing how many people set off to climb Mount Olympus in completely (29)--------

clothing. The weather conditions on the mountain are notoriously (30)----------but people are fooled

into thinking that just because the bottom is sunny, the summit will be (31)--------warm and bright.

Nothing could be further from the truth. Bearing in mind that (32)--------is forearmed’, consult the

local climbing club about the likely conditions before setting off. Such local knowledge can be

absolutely (33)--------- and you would, to put it mildly, be extremely (34)-------- to ignore it.

Whatever the likely weather, a good pair of boots is (35)-------as is some form of waterproof. And it

is a steep climb so it goes without saying that a reasonable level of (36)-----------is essential.

21. SOLVE 22. PRACTICE 23. WORK 24. POSSIBLE 25. COURAGE 26. CONCEIVE

27. REPUTE 28. REFUTE 29. PRECEDE 30. SUIT 31. PREDICT 32. SIMILAR 33.

WARN 34. VALUE 35. ADVISE 36. DISPENSE

IV. COMPLETE THE SECOND SENTENCE SO THAT IT HAS A SIMILAR MEANING TO

THE FIRST SENTENCE, USING THE WORD GIVEN. YOU MUST USE BETWEEN THREE

AND EIGHT WORDS, INCLUDING THE WORD GIVEN:

R

R

R

E

E

E

V

V

V

I

I

I

E

E

E

W

W

W

F

F

F

O

O

O

R

R

R

T

T

T

H

H

H

E

E

E

2

2

2

S

S

S

T

T

T

S

S

S

E

E

E

M

M

M

E

E

E

S

S

S

T

T

T

E

E

E

R

R

R

T

T

T

E

E

E

S

S

S

T

T

T

-

-

-

E

E

E

N

N

N

G

G

G

L

L

L

I

I

I

S

S

S

H

H

H

1

1

1

0

0

0

54

37. I hope one day we can agree more favorable terms. REACH

I hope one day it------------------on more favorable terms

38. Some supermarket beef can be rather tough TENDENCY.

Some supermarket beef---------------------rather tough.

39. Would you kindly inform everyone of the change of procedures? WONDER

I-----------------------------as to inform everyone of the change of procedures?

40. May be I could have helped you POSSIBLE

May be----------------------------------help you.

41. In the end we were able to communicate with sign language. MESSAGE

In the end we succeeded in-------------across with sign language.

42. Don’t you regret reacting in the way you did? DIFFERENTLY

Don’t you think--------------------------from the way you did?

43. I bet she felt stupid when she realized DAWNED

She must---------------------------------------on her who she has been speaking to.

44. Do you think we should have got her opinion first? SOUNDED

Ought-------------------------out about t first?

45. He always refused to behave differently to the senior partners. TREAT

He would-----------------------------------respect they were due.

46. It’s possible she didn’t fully appreciate how important this was. GRAVITY

She may--------------------------------of the situation.

V. FILL EACH OF THE NUMBERED BLANKS IN THE PASSAGE WITH ONE SUITABLE

WORD:

Many people have proposed that no employee (47)---------be asked to work more than a 35-hour

week. This sounds fine in theories though in practice is (48)-------to give rise to all sorts of problems

if applied too strictly. On the other hand, the proposal can be seen as a welcome attempt to stem

employers’ seemingly (49)-------demands for long hours. For some time, the underlying (50)--------

has been for the working week to become longer and even the most unambitious employee has found

it hard to fight the (51)--------towards longer working days and work dominated weekends. Anyone

who can stop this encroachment of the work place into our leisure hours can boast a (52)-------

achievement.

47. A. Might B. Should C. Would D. Will

48. A. Liable B. License

C. Likewise D. Linked

49. A. Unstopping

B. Runaway C. Permanent D. Incessant

50. A. Cause B. Trend C. Current D. Support

51. A. Tendency

B. Tenement C. Tenancy D. Tenacity.

52. A. Forthcoming

B. Lengthy C. Lasting D. Maintained

VI. FINISH EACH OF THE SENTENCE S IN SUCH A WAY THAT IT MEANS EXACTLY THE

SAME AS THE SENTENCE PRINTED BEFORE IT.

53. By chance I was there when she revealed the truth.

I happened-----------------------------------------

54. He suddenly thought that he might have misunderstood her.

It crossed---------------------------------------------------------

55. I didn’t want to buy it, but because he insisted, I bought it.

He pushed------------------------------------------------------

56. I met some old friends by chance in the pub

I bumped------------------------------------------------------

57. I need an early night

I could---------------------------------------------------

58. I really need a holiday

I’m desperate----------------------------------

59. If nothing unfortunate happens, I’ll see you next week.

All being--------------------------------------------

R

R

R

E

E

E

V

V

V

I

I

I

E

E

E

W

W

W

F

F

F

O

O

O

R

R

R

T

T

T

H

H

H

E

E

E

2

2

2

S

S

S

T

T

T

S

S

S

E

E

E

M

M

M

E

E

E

S

S

S

T

T

T

E

E

E

R

R

R

T

T

T

E

E

E

S

S

S

T

T

T

-

-

-

E

E

E

N

N

N

G

G

G

L

L

L

I

I

I

S

S

S

H

H

H

1

1

1

0

0

0

55

60. People are persuaded by adverts to spend more than they can afford

Adverts tempt-----------------------------------------------------------

61. She doesn’t think very highly of politicians.

She’s got a------------------------------------------------

62. She fully understands that she will have to work hard.

She’s well----------------------------------------------------------

VII. USING THE CAPITAL WORD TO REWRITE THE SENTENCES

63. The court case has destroyed his reputation completely TATTERS

The court case------------------------------------

64. All of the fuss she has made is nothing but a storm in a teacup WATER

All of the---------------------------------------------------

65. Much to the disappointment of his fans, he went down in defeat. DUST

-------------------------------------------------------------------------

66. Never mind! He has a reputation for making foolish, unreliable statements. HAT

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

67. He was extremely angry as he got stuck in the slow-moving traffic COLLAR

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

68. Let’s stop working on the report and take a nap! ICE

--------------------------------------------------------------------------

69- The criminal eventually died after spending a miserable life in prison BUCKET

-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------

70. I used to be familiar with every corner of this school. HAND

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

VII. PHONOLOGY

A.

CHOOSE THE WORD WHOSE UNDERLINED PART IS PRONOUN DIFFERENTLY FROM

THE OTHERS:

71. A. child B. wild C. minute D. mild

72. Singular B. dictates C. cost D. pleasure

73. A. epoch B. catch C. match D. teach

74. A. huge B. garage C. ginger D. dangerous

75. A. thunder B. thesis C. theft D. thereafter.

B. CHOOSE THE WORD WHOSE STRESS PATTERN IS DIFFERENT FROM THE OTHER

WORDS IN EACH GROUP:

76. A. answer B. active C. abbey D. finance

77. A. deform B. attend C. absence D. collect

78. A. altitude B. recover C. comedy D. library

79. A. arrangement B. adjacent C. expensive D. adjective

80. A. necessary B. correspond C. considerable D. exceptional

ĐÁP ÁN

I. 1.C 2. D 3. A 4. C 5. D 6. B 7. D 8.B 9.B 10. D 11. A 12. D 13. D 14. C 15. D

II.

16. D 17. D 18. A 19. B 20. B.

III.

21. SOLUTION 22.IMPRACTICAL 23. UNWORKABLE 24. IMPOSIBILITY 25.

DISCOURAGING 26. INCONCEIVABLE 27. INREFUTABLE 28. UNPRECEDENTED

29. UNSUITABLE 30. UNPREDICTABLE 31. SIMILARLY 32. FOREWARNED 33.

INVALUABLE 34. ILL-ADVISED 35. INDISPENSABLE 36. FITNESS

R

R

R

E

E

E

V

V

V

I

I

I

E

E

E

W

W

W

F

F

F

O

O

O

R

R

R

T

T

T

H

H

H

E

E

E

2

2

2

S

S

S

T

T

T

S

S

S

E

E

E

M

M

M

E

E

E

S

S

S

T

T

T

E

E

E

R

R

R

T

T

T

E

E

E

S

S

S

T

T

T

-

-

-

E

E

E

N

N

N

G

G

G

L

L

L

I

I

I

S

S

S

H

H

H

1

1

1

0

0

0

56

IV.

37. Will be possible for us to reach agreement. 42. You should have reacted differently

38. has a tendency to be 43. Have felt stupid when it dawned

39. wonder if you would be so kind 44. We to have sounded her

40. It would have been possible for me to 45. Never / refuse to/ treat the senior partner with

the

41. In getting our message 46. Not have appreciated the gravity.

V. 47. B 48.A 49. D 50. B 51.A 52. C

VI. 53. I happened to be there to be there when she revealed the truth.

54. It crossed his mind that he might have misunderstood her.

55. He pushed me to buy it even though I didn’t like.

56. I bumped into some old friends in the pub

57. I could be satisfied if I had an early night

58. I’m desperate for a holiday

59. All being good keeps going on, I’ll see you next week

60. Adverts tempt people into spending more than they can afford.

61. She has got a low opinion of politicians

62. She’s well aware of the fact that she will have to work hard.

63. The court case has left his reputation in tatters

64. All of the fuss she has made is nothing but water under the bridge.

V. 65. His fans bit the DUST when he came down in defeat

66. Never mind! He has a reputation for talking through his HAT

67. He felt hot under the COLLAR as he got stuck in the slow-moving traffic

68. Let the report on ICE and take a nap!

69- The criminal eventually kicked the BUCKET after spending a miserable life in prison

70. I used to know every corner of this school like the back of my HAND

VII. PHONOLOGY

A. CHOOSE THE WORD WHOSE UNDERLINED PART IS PRONOUN DIFFERENTLY FROM

THE OTHERS:

71. C 72. D 73. A 74. B 75. D

B. CHOOSE THE WORD WHOSE STRESS PATTERN IS DIFFERENT FROM THE OTHER

WORDS IN EACH GROUP:

76. D 77. C 78.B 79.D 80.

R

R

R

E

E

E

V

V

V

I

I

I

E

E

E

W

W

W

F

F

F

O

O

O

R

R

R

T

T

T

H

H

H

E

E

E

2

2

2

S

S

S

T

T

T

S

S

S

E

E

E

M

M

M

E

E

E

S

S

S

T

T

T

E

E

E

R

R

R

T

T

T

E

E

E

S

S

S

T

T

T

-

-

-

E

E

E

N

N

N

G

G

G

L

L

L

I

I

I

S

S

S

H

H

H

1

1

1

0

0

0

57

§Ò thi ®Ò nghÞ m«n tiÕng anh líp 10

(olympic 30/4- lÇn thø viii-2007)

Tr­êng THPT chuyªn TrÇn H­ng §¹o- B×nh ThuËn

Part 1: Phonology

I. Choose the word who underlined part s pronounced differently from that of the others

in each group. (10pts)

1.A. polio

B. police

C. polite

D. pollute

2.A. chaos

B. character

C. charity

D. chord

3. A. says

B. plays

C. days

D. raise

4. A. southern

B. mathematics

C. breath

D. truth

5. A. disguise

B. cruise

C. bruise

D. suit

6. A. hour

B. our

C. pour

D. sour

7. A. sergeant

B. servant

C. service

D. servile

8. A. promised

B. reduced

C. released

D. relieved

9. A. apology

B. classify

C. testify

D. verify

10. A. beloved

B. naked

C. ploughed

D. learned

II. Choose the word with the different stress pattern. (10 pts)

11.A. because

B. method

C. standard

D. wooden

12. A. American

B. industrious

C. property

D. variation

13. A. eventual

B. community

C. infected

D. militarism

14. A. refuge

B. electronic

C. education

D. deficiency

15. A. assassinate

B. equality

C. intelligence

D. understanding

16. A. ashtray

B. music

C. serve

D. temper

17. A. challenging

B. consultant

C. purity

D. wholesaler

18. A. assemble

B. glorious

C. majestic

D. together

19. A. antonym

B. consequence

C. phenomenon

D. ingot

20.A. destination

B. enthusiast

C. hallucinate

D. technology

Part 2: Vocabulary

Choose the best answer (10 pts)

1.If Harold………….with his piano playing, he could eventually reach concert standard.

A. sustains

B. perseveres

C. maintains D. survives

2. Anna is a very nervous child and she’s very………………….of strangers.

A. terrified

B. frightened C. petrified

D. horrified

3. The government is thinking of bringing………..a law to make it compulsory for cyclists to wear

crash helmets.

A. on

B. up

C. in

D. round

4. I love the painting of an ald man. He has such a beautiful……………smile.

A. childhood B. childish

C. childless

D. childlike

5. She caught a ……………………of the thief as he made his get- away.

A. glance

B. sight

C. glimpse

D. flash

6. It was a service…………..I will be enternally grateful.

A. to which

B. for which C. to whom

D. for whom

7. Frank has a house in the ………………..

A. outskirts

B. edges

C. limits

D. suburds

8. The film lasted every three hours with…………….of 15 minutes between part one and part two.

A. a pause

B. an interruption

C. an interval D. a stop

9. The person who writes symphonies or concertos is a ……………..

R

R

R

E

E

E

V

V

V

I

I

I

E

E

E

W

W

W

F

F

F

O

O

O

R

R

R

T

T

T

H

H

H

E

E

E

2

2

2

S

S

S

T

T

T

S

S

S

E

E

E

M

M

M

E

E

E

S

S

S

T

T

T

E

E

E

R

R

R

T

T

T

E

E

E

S

S

S

T

T

T

-

-

-

E

E

E

N

N

N

G

G

G

L

L

L

I

I

I

S

S

S

H

H

H

1

1

1

0

0

0

58

A. composer

B. conductor C. pianist

D. playwright

10. Is it far to Stambord? It’s only………………..from here.

A. stone’s cut

B. bird’s eye view

C. short cut

D. step in the right direction

Part 3: Grammar and stuctures.

I.Finish each of the following sentences so that it meaning exactly the sentence above it. (10

pts)

1.Andrew is the most generous person I have ever met.

I’ve yet……………………………………………………………………………

2. Far more people live to entertainment age in Britain than in Philipines.

Not……………………………………………………………………………….

3. His father is going to fix the ball for him tomorrow.

He is going …………………………………………………………………………

4. She never seems to succeed eventhough she studies much.

Much…………………………………………………………………………………

5. I nevr thought that I would win a prize.

It had…………………………………………………………………………………

6. I would love to be rich and famous.

If……………………………………………………………………………………...

7. Simon hadn’t expected that he would feel so weak after the operation.

The operation left…………………………………………………………………….

8. They secretly declared independence two days ago.

A secret………………………………………………………………………………

9. Juliet simply couldn’t wait for his return.

Juliet could…………………………………………………………………………...

10. I don’t intend to apologize to either of them.

I have………………………………………………………………………………...

II. Fill in each gap with the correct form of the word in brackets.(10 pts)

1.

Tax exemption only applies to those with (resident) ……..status.

2.

His busy schedule made him completely (access)………………..to his students.

3.

He works for UNESCO in a purely (advice)…………………role.

4.

The sun and the moon are often (person)…………………in poetry.

5.

Now there is every(like)………………………………..that the residents will have a private

plane in their garage.

6.

They told me the museum was open today but I was obviously (inform)……

7.

Do you think these children are (nourish)………………..? They look very thin.

8.

Have you read the latest (reveal)……………….about Madonna’s private life?

9.

We try to ensure the (be)…………….of our employees.

10.

Tourists forget their (conceive)………ideas as soon as thay visit our country.

III.Choose the best answer.(10 pts)

1.I’d rather you………..at my party last night.

A. be

B. were

C. had been

D. have been

2. …….will Mr Forbes be able to regain control of the company.

A. With hard work

B. In spite of his hard work

C. Only if he works hardly

D. Only with of his hard work

3. Barbara didn’t mention…………about her progress report at work, but I’m sure she is.

A. concerning

B. to concern

C. being concerned

D. to be concerned

R

R

R

E

E

E

V

V

V

I

I

I

E

E

E

W

W

W

F

F

F

O

O

O

R

R

R

T

T

T

H

H

H

E

E

E

2

2

2

S

S

S

T

T

T

S

S

S

E

E

E

M

M

M

E

E

E

S

S

S

T

T

T

E

E

E

R

R

R

T

T

T

E

E

E

S

S

S

T

T

T

-

-

-

E

E

E

N

N

N

G

G

G

L

L

L

I

I

I

S

S

S

H

H

H

1

1

1

0

0

0

59

4. Snow and rain………of nature.

A. are phenomenon

B. are phenomena

C. is phenomena

D. is phenomenon

5. Everyone was going away on holiday this week,………………..?

A. wasn’t it

B. wasn’t be

C. weren’t they

D. wasn’t she

6…………….my key, I wasn’t able to bet into the room.

A.

Losing

B. I had lost

C. I lost

D. Having lost

7. It’s no good pretending. You’ve got to…………………..reality.

A. come up to

B. face up to

C. come up with

D. get round to

8.I haven’t …………………………..decided where to go on holiday this year.

A. still

B. yet

C. already

D. then

9. “Why are you angry at Bob?”

- “I don’t like it when he makes jokes………my expense.”

A. for

B. on

C. at

D. to

10. A car……………many different pars.

A. is made

B. is made up of

C. is made of

D. makes up of

Part 4: Reading comprehension

A.Choose from the phrasesA-H the one which fits each gap. (10 pts)

Scientists estimate that at the beginning of 20

th

century 100,000 tigers flourished throughout

Asia, from estern Russia and Korea through eastern and southern China, Southest Asia, the Indian

subcontinient, and into Pakistan. At the start of the 21

st

century only 5,000 to 7,000 tigers lived

(1)…………

Cambodia, China, India, Laos, Malaysia, Myanmar, Nepal, North Korea, Russia, Sumatra,

Thailand, and Vietnam. Tigers are now extinctin Bali, Java, and around the Caspian Sea, and nearly

so

in

Chinaand

North

Korea,

Less

than

20

percent

of

today’s

tiger

habiat

is

located

(2)……………………, which means that the majority of the areas where tigers live could be lost to

others uses, such as agriculture or urbanization.

Tigers are territorial- they live alone (3)…………..jother tigers. The ideal tiger territory is a

large forested area with rich vegetation for cover, plentiful water to drink and cool off in, and

urbudant deer, swine, and other large mammals to eat. With these three esential, tigers can thrive

(4)…………, tropical rain forests in Sumatra and Southest Asia; cool oak and pine forest in the

Amur River Valley in far eastern Russia; tall grass jungles

(5)………in

Bamngladesh; and

mountain slopes in Bhutan.

A.in no more than a hundred species left

B.in the wild in just 14 Asian countries: Bangladesh, Bhutan.

C. in will life preserves which are built

D. in large areas that they defend from

E. in national parks or other protected areas

F. in India and Nepal; coastal mangrove forests

G. in deverse habiats and climates including

H. in the surburbs or on the outskirts of the city

II. read the passage and answer the questions. (10 pts)

According to airline industry statistics, almost 90 percent of airline accidents are survivable

or partially survivable. But passengers can increase their chances of servival by learning and

following certain tips. Experts say that you should read and listen before take off and ask questions

if you have uncertainties. You should fasten you seat belt low on your hips and as tightly as

R

R

R

E

E

E

V

V

V

I

I

I

E

E

E

W

W

W

F

F

F

O

O

O

R

R

R

T

T

T

H

H

H

E

E

E

2

2

2

S

S

S

T

T

T

S

S

S

E

E

E

M

M

M

E

E

E

S

S

S

T

T

T

E

E

E

R

R

R

T

T

T

E

E

E

S

S

S

T

T

T

-

-

-

E

E

E

N

N

N

G

G

G

L

L

L

I

I

I

S

S

S

H

H

H

1

1

1

0

0

0

60

possible. Of course, you should also know how the realisemechanism of your belt operates. During

takeoffs and landings, you are advised to keep your feet flat on the floor. Before takeoff you should

locate the nearest exit and a alternative exit and count the rows of seats between you and the exits

so that you can find them in the dark if necessary.

In the event that you are forewarned of a possible accident, you should put your hands on

your ankles and keep your head down until your plane comes to complete stop. If smoke is present

in the carbin, you should keep your head low and cover your face with napkins, towels or clothing.

If possible, wet these for added protection against smoke inhalation. To evacuate as quickly as

posible, follow crew commands and do not take personal belongings with you. Do not jump on

escape slices before they are in front of you. When you get to the ground, you should move away

from the plane as quickly as possible, and never smoke near the wreckage.

1.What is the main topic of the passage?

2. According to experts, when are travelers urged to read and listen to safety instructions?

3. Which exits should an airline passenger locate before takeoff?

4. Find out a word which is synonym with the word “evacuate” in the passage.

5. What does the paragraph following the passage most probably discus?

Answerkey

Part 1: Phonology

I.(10 pts)

1.A

2. C

3. A

4.A

5. A

6. C

7. A

8. B

9. C

10.C

II.(10 pts)

11.A

12. D

13. D

14. D

15. D

16. C

17. B

18. B

19. C

20. A

Part 2: Vocabulary

I.(10 pts)

1.B

2. A

3. C

4. D

5. C

6. B

7. D

8. C

9. A

10.A

II. (20 pts)

1.survival

2. distributed

3. exist

4. sources

5. increasing

6. developing

7. discharged 8. agriculture 9. conservation

10. inefficient

Part 3: Grammar and structure

I.(10 pts)

1. I’ve yet to meet anyone who is more generous than Andrew.

2. Not as many people live to retirement age in the Philipines as in Britain.

3. he is going to have his father fix the ball tomorrow.

4. Much as she studies, she never seems to succeed.

5. It had never crossed my mind that I’d win a prize.

6. If only I were rich and famous.

7. The operation of independence was made 2 days ago.

8. A secret declaration left Simon feeling weaker than he had expected.

9. Juliet could only long for his return.

10. I have no intention of apologizing to either of them.

II.(10 pts)

1.C

2. C

3. C

4. B

5. C

6. A

7. B

8. B

9. A

10.B

Part 4: Reading comprehension

I.(10 pts)

1.B

2. E

3. D

4. G

5. F

R

R

R

E

E

E

V

V

V

I

I

I

E

E

E

W

W

W

F

F

F

O

O

O

R

R

R

T

T

T

H

H

H

E

E

E

2

2

2

S

S

S

T

T

T

S

S

S

E

E

E

M

M

M

E

E

E

S

S

S

T

T

T

E

E

E

R

R

R

T

T

T

E

E

E

S

S

S

T

T

T

-

-

-

E

E

E

N

N

N

G

G

G

L

L

L

I

I

I

S

S

S

H

H

H

1

1

1

0

0

0

61

II. (10 pts)

1.

Guidelines for increasing aircraft passenger survival.

2. before takeoff

3. The two closest to the passenger’s seat.

4. vacate

5. How to preceed once you are away from the aircraft.

SỞ GIÁO DỤC VÀ ĐÀO TẠO TỈNH BẾN TRE

TRƯỜNG : THPT CHUYÊN BẾN TRE

KỲ THI OLYMPIC TRUYỀN THỐNG 30 - 4 LẦN THỨ 15

ĐỀ THI ĐỀ NGHỊ MÔN: ANH VĂN; LỚP : 10

A. MULTIPLE CHOICE

I. Phonology: (5 pts)

a. Select the word that has the underlined part pronounced differently from the rest.

1.

A. maple

B. staple

C. apple

D. April

2.

A. Leonardo

B. leopard

C. leonine

D. leotard

3.

A. isotherm

B. worthy

C. southern

D. hitherto

4.

A. move

B. womb

C. tomb

D. wolf

5.

A. clamor

B. grantor

C. sailor

D. parlor

b. Pick out the word stressed on the different syllable from the others.

1.

A. Arabic

B. aerobic

C. lunatic

D. politics

2.

A. infamous

B. inundate

C. internal

D. intellect

3.

A. safari

B. detritus

C. cognomen

D. partisan

4.

A. pianist

B. facetious

C. retrospect

D. redolence

5.

A. sunbathe

B. rattan

C. coiffeur

D. charade

ANSWER I: PHONOLOGY (5.0 pts)

a. Pronunciation (.5 x 5 = 2.5 pts)

1. C

2. B

3. A

4. A

5. B

b. Stress (.5 x 5 = 2.5 pts)

1. B

2. C

3. D

4. B

5. A

B. MULTIPLE CHOICE – READING COMPREHENSION

II. READING COMPREHENSION

a. Read the passage and then choose the best answer.

William Shakespeare

William Shakespeare was born in Stratford-Upon-Avon in Warwickshire, England on April 23,

1564. His mother, Mary Arden, had come from a fairly wealthy family. His father, John, was a

glove maker and a leather merchant by trade. He also held the prestigious position of town

bailiff in their community. In all, the Shakespeares had eight children, William being the third

R

R

R

E

E

E

V

V

V

I

I

I

E

E

E

W

W

W

F

F

F

O

O

O

R

R

R

T

T

T

H

H

H

E

E

E

2

2

2

S

S

S

T

T

T

S

S

S

E

E

E

M

M

M

E

E

E

S

S

S

T

T

T

E

E

E

R

R

R

T

T

T

E

E

E

S

S

S

T

T

T

-

-

-

E

E

E

N

N

N

G

G

G

L

L

L

I

I

I

S

S

S

H

H

H

1

1

1

0

0

0

62

of these children and the first son. Three of William's brothers and sisters died during childhood.

Reportedly, Shakespeare did not have an extensive education. He did attend Stratford Grammar

School, a school for the sons of prominent citizens, although it appears his family may not have

paid for his education due to his father's status as a high-ranking town official. While it is not

certain, it is believed that Shakespeare attended this school from age 7 to 14. The time he spent

at this grammar school is assumed to be the only education he received, yet the literary quality

of his works suggests a more advanced education.

has contributed to the debate

concerning the authorship of his works.

On November 28, 1582, Shakespeare married Anne Hathaway, a farmer's daughter. ■ A) Anne

was twenty-six years old when they married and was pregnant at the time. William was only

eighteen.

■

B) Their marriage produced three children.

■

C) Shakespeare apparently abandoned

his family and disappeared from 1585 to 1592. ■ D) No records of Shakespeare exist from this

period of his life, and they are usually referred to as "the lost years." Some have speculated that

he either became a schoolteacher, a butcher's apprentice, or was running from the law.

Shakespeare reappeared in London where he arrived with the goal of becoming an actor and

playwright. Evidently, Shakespeare

envy for his talent early on. He even found a

sponsor to help pay for his services. Shakespeare's work in the theaters came to a halt, however,

when the theaters of London closed down due to the plague in January of 1593. This closing

inspired Shakespeare and his company to move to the Globe Theater in the Bankside district,

across the river from London's city limits.

Shakespeare's company, originally called "Lord Chamberlain's Men," changed their name to

"The King's Men" after King James took over the throne in 1603. Because Shakespeare worked

and performed for royalty, his company became the biggest and most famous acting company in

the area. Consequently, Shakespeare became quite well-to-do as a director, writer, actor, and

stockholder in The King's Men.

During his time, Shakespeare published and sold his plays in octavo editions. Also known as

"penny copies," these were sold to the more literate members of his audience. It is noted that a

playwright had never before enjoyed sufficient acclaim as to see his works published and sold as

popular literature in the midst of his career His 37 plays span the genres of tragedy, comedy,

and history. While Shakespeare could not be considered wealthy by London standards, his

success did allow him to purchase New House and retire in comfort in Stratford in 1611. e made

a will on March 25, 1616, and died, as the legend has it, on his birthday, April 23, 516. He was

buried at Holy Trinity Church in Stratford on April 25th.

Shakespeare wrote his own epitaph to avoid the common tendency at the time of a person's gave

being dug up after several years to accommodate another body.

"Good Friends, for Jesus' sake forbear,

To dig the bones enclosed here!

Blest be the man that spares these stones,

And curst be he that moves my bones."

To this day, no one has disturbed Shakespeare's grave.

In 1623, two working companions of Shakespeare from the Lord Chamberlain's Men, John

Heminges and Henry Condell, printed the First Folio edition of his Collected Works, half of

which were previously unpublished. The First Folio also contained Shakespeare's sonnets. Many

argue that William Shakespeare's legacy is a body of work that will never again be paralleled in

Western civilization. His words have endured for 400 years and still reach across the centuries

R

R

R

E

E

E

V

V

V

I

I

I

E

E

E

W

W

W

F

F

F

O

O

O

R

R

R

T

T

T

H

H

H

E

E

E

2

2

2

S

S

S

T

T

T

S

S

S

E

E

E

M

M

M

E

E

E

S

S

S

T

T

T

E

E

E

R

R

R

T

T

T

E

E

E

S

S

S

T

T

T

-

-

-

E

E

E

N

N

N

G

G

G

L

L

L

I

I

I

S

S

S

H

H

H

1

1

1

0

0

0

63

as powerfully as ever.

1.

Which of the following could best replace the word "garnered" as used in paragraph 4?

A. discouraged

B. found

C. attracted

D. prevented

2.

What does "this matter" in paragraph 2 refer to?

A. Shakespeare going to a school for prominent families

B. The surprisingly high quality of Shakespeare's works

C. The uncertainty of whether he attended the grammar school

D. His father's status as a high ranking town official

3.

Why does the author mention that Shakespeare's father held the prestigious position of town

bailiff in their community?

A. To illustrate that his father was also quite talented and accomplished

B. To show Shakespeare was not worried about the getting in trouble with the law

C. To explain how his father could have married his mother, who was wealthy

D. To explain why, although not wealthy, Shakespeare did enjoy some privilege

4.

According to the passage, why did Shakespeare stop performing in London?

A. The audience in London did not enjoy his poetic style.

B. King James forced him to leave the city in 1595.

C. He began selling his own plays to literate audience members.

D. All the theaters were closed due to the plague.

5.

According to the passage, why were the years 1585 - 1592 called "the lost years"?

A. No records of Shakespeare's life exist from this time.

B. Shakespeare was unable to write during this time due to an illness.

C. Shakespeare's plays from this period were burned in the Great Fire.

D. Shakespeare refused to speak with his wife during these years.

6.

Which of the sentences below best expresses the essential information in the highlighted

sentence in the passage?

Incorrect choices change the meaning in important ways or leave out essential

information.

A. The sale of Shakespeare's plays made him the most popular playwright of all time.

B. London audiences were buying more plays then than ever before.

C. Shakespeare was the first playwright who was famous enough to sell his plays while

still producing them.

D. Shakespeare's plays played an important role in this rise of literacy in the west.

7.

All of the following are true EXCEPT

A. Shakespeare spent time as a glove maker from 1585 to 1592.

B. Shakespeare had three children with his wife.

C. Shakespeare's company came to be called "The King's Men."

D. Shakespeare is said to have died on his birthday.

8.

What can be inferred from paragraph 2 about Shakespeare's works?

A. Shakespeare must have gone to university at some point to write them.

B. Some scholars today doubt that Shakespeare actually wrote them.

C. They are viewed as the best example of what one person can accomplish.

D. They have never been considered as having been written by just one person.

9.

Why did Shakespeare write his own epitaph?

A. He didn't want his grave to be dug up later.

B. He didn't want it to be written by an inferior writer.

C. It was the custom at the time to write one's own epitaph.

D. To dedicate it to two former actors in Lord Chamberlain's Men.

10.

Directions: An introductory sentence for a brief summary of the passage is provided

below. Complete the summary by selecting the THREE answer choices that express the

most important ideas in the passage. Some sentences do not belong in the summary

because they express ideas that are not presented in the passage or are minor ideas in the

R

R

R

E

E

E

V

V

V

I

I

I

E

E

E

W

W

W

F

F

F

O

O

O

R

R

R

T

T

T

H

H

H

E

E

E

2

2

2

S

S

S

T

T

T

S

S

S

E

E

E

M

M

M

E

E

E

S

S

S

T

T

T

E

E

E

R

R

R

T

T

T

E

E

E

S

S

S

T

T

T

-

-

-

E

E

E

N

N

N

G

G

G

L

L

L

I

I

I

S

S

S

H

H

H

1

1

1

0

0

0

64

passage.

First sentence: William Shakespeare lived an interesting and accomplished life and is

today regarded as the greatest English writer the world has ever known.

A. Shakespeare was the first playwright to enjoy such wide acclaim as to see his works

published during his career.

B. Shakespeare's acting company was originally called Lord Chamberlain's Men but later

changed its name to The King's Men.

C. Shakespeare's works are timeless and have endured for over 400 years.

D. Shakespeare's father was a glove maker and the town bailiff of Stratford-Upon-Avon.

E. Although he produced works of high quality, Shakespeare is not believed to have had

an extensive education.

F. Shakespeare's works have been translated into more languages than any other volume

of literature, including the Christian Bible.

ANSWER:

B. READING COMPREHENSION

a. Reading comprehension (1.0 x 10 = 10 pts)

1. C

2. B

3. D

4. D

5. A

6. C

7. A

8. B

9. A

10. A, C, E

C. MULTIPLE CHOICE – READING COMPREHENSION

b. Read the passage. Decide whether the statements below are true or false (T/F) by referring

to the information in the text.

Types Of Memory

[1] As mentioned previously, one of the most important characteristics of a computer is its

capability of storing information in its memory long enough to process it. Not all computers

have the same type of memory. In this section, three types of memory will be discussed; core

memory, semiconductor memory (or chip), and bubble memory.

[2] The memory of the first computers was made up of a kind of grid of fine vertical and horizontal

wires. At each intersection where the wires crossed, there was a small ferrite ring called a core

(hence

the

name

"core

memory")

which

was

capable

of

being

either

magnetized

or

demagnetized. Every intersection had its unique address; consequently, when an electrical

current was passed through the wires, the magnetized as well as the unmagnetized cores were

identified by their respective addresses. Each core represented a binary digit of either 0 or 1,

depending on its state. Early computers had a capacity of around 80,000 bits; whereas now, it is

not surprising to hear about computers with a memory capacity of millions of bits. This has

been

made possible by the advent of transistors and by the advances in the manufacture of

miniaturized circuitry. As the result, mainframes have been reduced in both size and cost.

Throughout the 19508, 1960s and up to the mid-19708, core memory dominated the market.

[3] In the 1970s, there was a further development which revolutionized the computer field. This

was

the ability to etch thousands of integrated circuits onto a tiny piece (chip) of silicon, which

is a

non-metallic element with semiconductor characteristics. Chips have thousands of identical

circuits, each one capable of storing one bit. Because of the very small size of the chip, and

consequently of the circuits etched on it, electrical signals do not have to travel far; hence, they

are transmitted faster. Moreover, the size of the components containing the circuitry can be

considerably reduced, a step which has led to the introduction of both minis and micros. As a

result,

computers have

become smaller, faster, and cheaper.

There is one problem with

semiconductor memory, however, when power is removed, information in the memory is lost -

unlike core memory, which is capable of retaining information during a power failure.

R

R

R

E

E

E

V

V

V

I

I

I

E

E

E

W

W

W

F

F

F

O

O

O

R

R

R

T

T

T

H

H

H

E

E

E

2

2

2

S

S

S

T

T

T

S

S

S

E

E

E

M

M

M

E

E

E

S

S

S

T

T

T

E

E

E

R

R

R

T

T

T

E

E

E

S

S

S

T

T

T

-

-

-

E

E

E

N

N

N

G

G

G

L

L

L

I

I

I

S

S

S

H

H

H

1

1

1

0

0

0

65

[4] Another development in the field of computer memories is bubble memory. The concept

consists of creating a thin film of metallic alloys over the memory board. When this film is

magnetized, it produces magnetic bubbles, the presence, or absence of which represents one bit

of information. These bubbles are extremely tiny, about 0.1 micrometer in diameter. Therefore,

a magnetic bubble memory can store information at a greater density than existing memories,

which makes it suitable for micros. Bubble memories are not expensive, consume little power,

are small in size, and are highly reliable. There is probably a lot more to learn about them, and

research in this field continues.

1.

The most important function of a computer is to hold information in its memory in order to

process it.

2.

Minicomputers, microcomputers, and mainframes all have the same kind of memory.

3.

Semiconductor memory was developed before core memory and after bubble memory.

4.

Core memory uses small metal rings which can be magnetized or unmagnified.

5.

The state of the core can be represented by either 0 or 1.

6.

Early computer memories had less storage capacity than newer ones.

7.

A transistor and a chip are the same kind of device.

8.

The development of chips made it possible (or minicomputers and microcomputers) to be

invented.

9.

Bubble memory is smaller than a chip.

10.

Bubble memory doesn't have very many advantages.

B. READING COMPREHENSION

b. Reading comprehension (1.0 x 10 = 10 pts)

1. T

2. T

3. F

4. T

5. T

6. T

7. F

8. T

9. T

10. F

A. MULTIPLE CHOICE – READING COMPREHENSION

III. Guided cloze test: Read the text and then choose the correct answer to fill in the gap.

Sir,

Recent letters in your columns about insurance companies prompt me to cite this example. Some

months ago a car (1) …………to my daughter was (2) …………from outside her house in

Birmingham.

As a doctor in daily need of her car, she was surprised when her insurers said she would have to

wait six weeks for (3) ………… .

To her annoyance they managed, by all kinds of procrastination, to drag this out to three months;

and then only after a (4) …………of lengthy, rather unpleasant phone calls would they pay a

penny.

My daughter was then (5) …………to find that there would be no refund, or no extension of the

period of insurance, to cover the three months lost.

A full premium (no (6) …………sum for (7)

…………cover in Birmingham), had to be paid for a quarter of a year, when no

cover

was

(8)

…………at all.

Surely this is another example of the way insurance companies (9) …………money, perhaps

legally but to my mind immorally, which gives them such a bad image. If any of your readers know

of a way (10) ………… this difficulty, I would welcome their advice.

Yours faithfully,

R.R.E. Potter

1.

A. owning

B. pertaining

C. trusted

D. belonging

2.

A. stolen

B. robbed

C. nicked

D. broken

3.

A. retribution

B. premium

C. compensation

D. payment

4.

A. number

B. range

C. lots

D. heap

5.

A. appalled

B. intimidated

C. shocking

D. impressed

6.

A. little

B. bad

C. lesser

D. mean

7.

A. complete

B. integral

C. comprehensible

D. comprehensive

R

R

R

E

E

E

V

V

V

I

I

I

E

E

E

W

W

W

F

F

F

O

O

O

R

R

R

T

T

T

H

H

H

E

E

E

2

2

2

S

S

S

T

T

T

S

S

S

E

E

E

M

M

M

E

E

E

S

S

S

T

T

T

E

E

E

R

R

R

T

T

T

E

E

E

S

S

S

T

T

T

-

-

-

E

E

E

N

N

N

G

G

G

L

L

L

I

I

I

S

S

S

H

H

H

1

1

1

0

0

0

66

8.

A. done

B. made

C. provided

D. affected

9.

A. obtain

B. extort

C. earn

D. win

10.

A. with

B. round

C. about

D. avoiding

ANSWER

III. (1.0 X 10 = 10 pts)

1. D

2. A

3. C

4. A

5. A

6. D

7. D

8. C

9. A

10. B

B. WRITTEN TEST

I. Put the verbs in parentheses in the correct tenses. Add a suitable modal verb or an

equivalent where necessary.

I (1. become) ………… Managing Director five years ago when I (2. work) ………… as an

assistant to the predecessor. I (3. ever, be) ………… Personnel Manager for three years and (4.

join) ………… the firm in 1970, so I (5. be) ………… here for fifteen years.

I (6. work) ………… in an office on the top floor where I (7. just, meet) ………… an important

customer. I (8. retire) ………… in five years. I think I (9. go) ………… and live in the country. I

(10. be) ………… with the firm for twenty years by then.

I (11. be) ………… still working at eight o' clock yesterday evening. I (12. work) …………

since early morning. We (13. work) ………… very hard at the office lately as we (14. negotiate)

………… an important contract.

Tomorrow I (15. fly) ………… to Milan. It (16. still, rain) ………… like this when I (17. get)

………… back, I (18. wonder) …………? I hope not, because I (19. take) ………… a few days

off as soon as I can. I (20. work) ………… non-stop for over three weeks.

ANSWER

I. Tenses & forms (.5 x 20 = 10 pts)

1. became

2. was working

3. had ever been

4. joined/had joined

5. have been

6. work

7. have just met

8. retire

9. will/shall go 10. will/shall have been 11. was

12. had been working

13. have been working 14. are negotiating 15. am flying

16. will still be raining

17. get

18. wonder

19. am going to take

20. will have been working

B. WRITTEN TEST

II. Fill in the blank with a suitable preposition or an adverbial particle.

Sir

James

succeeded

(1)

…………the

hereditary

title

in

1969.

His

father

died

(2)

…………injuries received in a road accident. Although Sir James takes pride (3) …………his

ancestry, he's no snob.

Sheila's

very

strict

(4)

…………the

children

in

her

class.

She's

particularly

strict

(5)

…………punctuality. However, her relationship (6) …………the children is a happy one.

Hello, John. Good to see you. Come in for a few minutes and sit down. I suppose you want to

see Jane. She’s upstairs but she will soon be (7) ………… in a few minutes. In fact you are lucky to

find her (8) ………… as she’s just dressing herself (9) …………to go out with her friend. Anyway,

I am glad you called (10) ………… because I’d like to talk to you.

11.

My French isn’t very good but it’s enough to get ………… .

12.

Business has fallen …………a lot lately: turnover is down 15% last year.

13.

The old man told me to give …………from his daughter, but I just had to see her again.

14.

Why is that man hanging …………outside our house? Do you think he’s a burglar?

15.

It was not going to be easy to explain …………the lipstick which his wife had found on his

collar.

16.

He is now …………the head of his class.

R

R

R

E

E

E

V

V

V

I

I

I

E

E

E

W

W

W

F

F

F

O

O

O

R

R

R

T

T

T

H

H

H

E

E

E

2

2

2

S

S

S

T

T

T

S

S

S

E

E

E

M

M

M

E

E

E

S

S

S

T

T

T

E

E

E

R

R

R

T

T

T

E

E

E

S

S

S

T

T

T

-

-

-

E

E

E

N

N

N

G

G

G

L

L

L

I

I

I

S

S

S

H

H

H

1

1

1

0

0

0

67

17.

Don’t lean …………the stove.

18.

You will have to wait here Thursday.

19.

His face is familiar …………me.

20.

This soup tastes …………iodine.

ANSWER

II. Preposition & adverbial particle(1.0 x 10 = 10 pts)

1. to

2. from 3. in 4. with 5. about 6. with

7. down 8. in 9. up

10. in

11. by 12. off 13. in 14. about 15. away 16. at 17. against 18. till/until

19. to 20. of

B. WRITTEN TEST

I. WORD FORM: Fill in the blank with the correct form of the word at the end of the

sentence.

1.

Eddie just can't stop working and relax any more, he's turning into a real ……………….

WORK

2.

………………. people are often critical and sarcastic. CONTENT

3.

Tests have shown that people's blood pressure goes up when they are in red colored

……………….SURROUND

4.

Insecure people often do things just to avoid other people's ……………….APPROVE

5.

Most of us think we have a rational and well-balanced ………………. on life. LOOK

6.

There has been a ………………. increase in recovery from leukemia in the last 30 years.

MIRACLE

7.

Faulty electrical ………………. are a relatively common cause of fires in offices, factories

and hotels. APPLY

8.

Without color dyes people would find a lot of processed food rather ……………….

APPETITE

9.

Because he said so little in meetings, his colleagues thought he was ………………. to his

work, but actually he was just timid. COMMIT

10.

Some hardwood is produced on ………………. so that natural

forests are not destroyed. PLANT

ANSWER

I. Word form (1.0 x 10 = 10.0 pts)

1. workaholic 2. discontented

3. surroundings

4. disapproval

5. Outlook

6. miraculous 7. appliances

8. unappetizing

9. uncommitted

10. plantations

B. WRITTEN TEST

II. Read the text and then fill in the blank with the correct form of the word chosen from the

box.

able

accuracy

believe

confide

express

ignore

know

loaf

three

understand

Seven-year-olds fail test

A study by the National Foundation for Educational Research of 3400 seven-year-old pupils

shows an (1) ………….of basic math and English which is simply (2) …………. . The results,

which were published recently, show that one in seven children lack basic (3) ………….of math

and cannot even do simple multiplication, such as 5 x 5. The results also show that a (4)

………….of the children in this age group cannot count up to 100 and do not know what (5)

………….such as half and a quarter, refer to. Moreover, only half of the children had any (6)

R

R

R

E

E

E

V

V

V

I

I

I

E

E

E

W

W

W

F

F

F

O

O

O

R

R

R

T

T

T

H

H

H

E

E

E

2

2

2

S

S

S

T

T

T

S

S

S

E

E

E

M

M

M

E

E

E

S

S

S

T

T

T

E

E

E

R

R

R

T

T

T

E

E

E

S

S

S

T

T

T

-

-

-

E

E

E

N

N

N

G

G

G

L

L

L

I

I

I

S

S

S

H

H

H

1

1

1

0

0

0

68

………….of the decimal system for money and only one in thirty could (7) ………….read the

temperature on a thermometer. Finally, only one in seven could say what the cost of three 50p (8)

………….is.

As regards English, more than a quarter have not learnt to read with any (9) ………….and have

problems with the alphabet; meanwhile another 25% are (10) ………….to spell easy words, like

can, man and hot.

ANSWER

II. Word form (1.0 x 10 = 10.0 pts)

1. ignorance

2. unbelievable

3. knowledge

4. third

5. expressions

6. understanding 7. accurately

8. loaves

9. confidence 10. unable

B. WRITTEN TEST

IV. There are 10 errors in the paragraph. Find and correct them. Some lines have more than

one mistake.

BODY LANGUAGE

Body language imparts meaning with the use of words. It is the type of non-verbal communication.

There are certain recognized distinctions like types of body language: voluntary/involuntary and

universal/cultural. The first distinction is often fuzzy in instance, a smile can be voluntary or

involuntary. However, with the second distinction, smiles aren’t universal. They are interpreting the

same across all cultures. Nodding and head shaking, however, are cultural. In Turkey, the former is

replaced by raising the eyebrows. It was thought that body language has its roots in animal

communication. However, great apes raised in captivity are quite proficient for reading human

body language.

ANSWER

IV. Error correction (1.0 x 10 = 10 pts)

L1: 1. with (the)

→ without

2. the (type)

→ a

L2: 3. like (types)

→ between

L3: 4. in (stance)

→ for

L4: 5. with (the)

→ by

6. aren’t (universal) → are

L5: 7. interpreting (the) → interpreted

L6: 8. was (thought)

→ is

L7: 9. However

→ Indeed

10. for (reading)

→ at

B. WRITTEN TEST

V. Fill in the blank with ONE suitable word.

A.

Communication

Throughout our lives, right from the moment when (1) ………….infants we cry to express

hunger, we are engaging in social interaction of one form or another. Each and every time we

encounter

(2) ………….human beings, some

kind

of

social

interaction

will

take

place, (3)

………….it's getting on a bus and paying the fare for the journey, or socializing with friends. It

goes without saying, therefore, that we need the ability to communicate. Without some method of

transmitting intentions, we would be (4) ………….a complete loss when it came to interacting

socially.

R

R

R

E

E

E

V

V

V

I

I

I

E

E

E

W

W

W

F

F

F

O

O

O

R

R

R

T

T

T

H

H

H

E

E

E

2

2

2

S

S

S

T

T

T

S

S

S

E

E

E

M

M

M

E

E

E

S

S

S

T

T

T

E

E

E

R

R

R

T

T

T

E

E

E

S

S

S

T

T

T

-

-

-

E

E

E

N

N

N

G

G

G

L

L

L

I

I

I

S

S

S

H

H

H

1

1

1

0

0

0

69

Communication involves the exchange of (5) …………., which can be anything from a gesture

to a friend (6) ………….boredom to the presentation of a university thesis which may (7)

………….ever be read by a handful of others, or it could be something in (8) ………….the two.

Our highly developed languages set us apart from animals. (9) ………….for these languages, we

could not communicate sophisticated or abstract ideas. Nor could we talk or write about people or

objects not immediately present. (10) ………….we restricted to discussing objects already present,

we would be unable to make abstract generalizations about the world.

ANSWER

V. (0.5 x 20 = 10.0 pts)

A.

1. as

2. fellow

3. whether

4. at

5. information

6. signaling

7. only

8. between

9. but

10. Were

B. WRITTEN TEST

V. Fill in the blank with ONE suitable word.

B

Scientists are still curious about the effects of the oceanographic phenomenon called El Nino,

which (1) …………. in the south-west Pacific Ocean. There is no doubt, however, about the reason

for its occurrence. Every few years, a rise in surface temperatures (2) …………. to a temporary

decrease in trade winds makes sea levels rise, and waves head north-east up the coast of South

America. El Nino is noted (3) ………….its effect on local climates, but recent research has shown

that

it

is

also

(4)

………….for

wider

atmospheric

changes,

resulting,

for

example,

(5)

………….temporary drought in the Sahel or failure of the maize harvest in Zimbabwe.

Now scientists involved in oceanographic research are working on a new theory, that El Nino

can produce changes (6) ………….ocean patterns that may last for decades. Computers at the

Naval Research Laboratory in Mississippi, fed with the

latest

satellite

(7)

………….on

sea

temperatures and wave heights, show that the giant waves that roll across the Pacific may be the

result of a previous El Nino, which will (8) …………. to affect the circulation of the North Pacific

for years to come.

The 1982 El Nino, the strongest of the 20th century, is (9) ………….of causing the flooding of the

Mississippi basin in 1993, with the loss of life and serious (10) ………….to crops and property that

resulted.

ANSWER

B. (0.5 x 20 = 10.0 pts)

1. occurs

2. due

3. for

4. responsible 5. in

6. in

7. information 8. continue

9. suspected

10. damage

B. WRITTEN TEST

VI. Finish the second sentence without changing the meaning by using the words given at the

beginning or one word at the end of the sentence.

1.

Just after solving one problem, I was faced with another.

Hardly ………………………………………………………

2.

Getting specialized qualification will benefit you.

It will be in …………………………………………………

3.

We have to repay the loan, now that we have promised to.

We are.………………………………………………………

4.

‘Oh, just a minute, was it Leonardo or Michelangelo who painted the Mona Lisa?’

He couldn’t remember ………………………………………..

5.

The company will well make a profit next year.

I wouldn’t be surprised …………………………………………

R

R

R

E

E

E

V

V

V

I

I

I

E

E

E

W

W

W

F

F

F

O

O

O

R

R

R

T

T

T

H

H

H

E

E

E

2

2

2

S

S

S

T

T

T

S

S

S

E

E

E

M

M

M

E

E

E

S

S

S

T

T

T

E

E

E

R

R

R

T

T

T

E

E

E

S

S

S

T

T

T

-

-

-

E

E

E

N

N

N

G

G

G

L

L

L

I

I

I

S

S

S

H

H

H

1

1

1

0

0

0

70

6.

Don’t forget to contact me if you come here.

Don’t forget to get ..…………………………………………….

7.

The defense contributed enormously to the team's success. MADE

………… …………………………………………………………

8.

I don’t agree with prohibiting smoking in bars. FAVOR

…………………………………………………………………..

9.

Chess is much more skilful game than backgammon. DEAL

…………………………………………………………………..

10.

I was just about to leave the house when I heard the phone ring. VERGE

…………………………………………………………………………..

ANSWER

VI. Sentence transformation (2.0 x 10 = 20.0 pts)

1.

Hardly had I solved one problem than I was faced with another.

2.

It is/will be in your interests to get/that you get a specialized qualification.

3.

We are obliged to repay the loan. / We are committed to repaying the loan.

4.

He couldn’t remember if it was Leonardo or Michelangelo who (had) painted the Mona

Lisa?

5.

I wouldn’t be surprised if the company made a profit next year.

6.

Don’t forget to get in touch with me if you come here.

7.

The defense made an enormous contribution to the team's success.

8.

I’m not in favor of prohibiting smoking in bars.

9.

Playing chess requires a good/great deal more skill than playing chess.

10.

I was on the verge of leaving/going out of the house when I heard the phone ring.

R

R

R

E

E

E

V

V

V

I

I

I

E

E

E

W

W

W

F

F

F

O

O

O

R

R

R

T

T

T

H

H

H

E

E

E

2

2

2

S

S

S

T

T

T

S

S

S

E

E

E

M

M

M

E

E

E

S

S

S

T

T

T

E

E

E

R

R

R

T

T

T

E

E

E

S

S

S

T

T

T

-

-

-

E

E

E

N

N

N

G

G

G

L

L

L

I

I

I

S

S

S

H

H

H

1

1

1

0

0

0

71

Së GD - §T B¾c Giang

Tr­êng THPT T©n Yªn 2

§Ò thi häc sinh giái cÊp tr­êng

n¨m häc 2007-2008

M«n: TiÕng Anh-Líp 10

Thêi gian lµm bµi: 150 phót (

kh«ng kÓ thêi

gian giao ®Ò

)

Chó ý: - Häc sinh lµm bµi trùc tiÕp vµo ®Ò thi.

- §Ò thi gåm 05 trang. Häc sinh kh«ng ®­îc sö dông bÊt cø

tµi liÖu nµo kÓ c¶ tõ ®iÓn hay b¶ng ®éng tõ bÊt quy t¾c.

Hä vµ tªn :

..................................................

Líp :....................

Sè b¸o

danh:...................................................

§iÓm: ...................

PhÇn I: Phonetics

Chän mét tõ mµ phÇn g¹ch ch©n cã c¸ch ph¸t ©m kh¸c nh÷ng tõ cßn

l¹i. X¸c ®Þnh Câu tr¶ lêi b»ng c¸ch khoanh trßn ®¸p ¸n A, B, C hay

D (10®)

1.

A. says B. decay

C. clay D. day

2.

A. sport

B. doctor

C. wrong

D. boss

3.

A. four

B. sport

C. sock

D. walking

4.

A. school

B. noon

C. cook

D. food

5. A. pity

B. tiny

C. hidden D. forbid

6.

A. sugar

B. school

C. sunny

D. seafood

7.

A. brochure

B. chemist

C. Christmas

D. character

8.

A. talked

B. arrived

C. missed

D. watched

9.

A. talk

B. daughter

C. subtract

D. walk

10.

A. plays

B. cleans

C. speaks

D. understands

PhÇn II: vocabulary and grammar

Bµi 1: Chän mét ®¸p ¸n ®óng nhÊt ®Ó hoµn thµnh mçi Câu sau. X¸c

®Þnh Câu tr¶ lêi b»ng c¸ch khoanh trßn ®¸p ¸n A, B, C hay D (30®)

11. The ......... need help from the rich

A. rich

B. young

C. poor

D. injured

12. She didn’t ......... to cry when she was small.

A. use

B. used

C. uses

D. using

13. The .............. can’t talk with people.

A. deaf

B. blind

C. injured

D. dumb

14. This is the book, .......... is very interesting.

A. which

B. who

C. whom

D. when

15. Tomorrow Mai and I ............ to Ha noi.

A. are going

B. am going

C. is going

D. will go

16. She looks different. Has she ......... her hair cut?

A. have

B. has

C. had

D. having

17. My mother is a doctor .......... works in Tan Yen hospital.

A. who

B. which

C. whom

D. when

18. His homework has been ............

A. do

B. did

C. doing

D. done

19. Manh has passed his exams, ........... is good news.

A. who

B. where

C. why

D. which

20. Next week my class is going for a ............ in Ha Long Bay.

A. tour

B. trip

C. excursion

D. travel

R

R

R

E

E

E

V

V

V

I

I

I

E

E

E

W

W

W

F

F

F

O

O

O

R

R

R

T

T

T

H

H

H

E

E

E

2

2

2

S

S

S

T

T

T

S

S

S

E

E

E

M

M

M

E

E

E

S

S

S

T

T

T

E

E

E

R

R

R

T

T

T

E

E

E

S

S

S

T

T

T

-

-

-

E

E

E

N

N

N

G

G

G

L

L

L

I

I

I

S

S

S

H

H

H

1

1

1

0

0

0

72

21. My class decided ............. the zoo.

A. visit

B. to visit

C. visited

D. visiting

22. Hung practises .......... English everyday.

A. speaking

B. speak

C. spoke

D. speaks

23. I don’t like......................water. I prefer fruit juice.

A. the B. a C. any D. some

24. ..........................you swim? – Yes, I learned how to swim when I was seven.

A. can B. able to C. must D. when

25. If he .........................her, she could have had an accident.

A. didn’t warn B. hadn’t warned C. warned D. doesn’t warn

26. Julia had a great holiday. She enjoyed..........................

A. oneself B. himself C. myself

D. herself

27. We tried a lot of hotels, but ..................of them had any free rooms.

A. neither B. none C. no

D. not

28. Ann is very busy these days. She has ..................free time.

A. a little B. little C. a few

D. few

29. If I ...................you, I wouldn’t talk to him any more.

A. be B. am C. was D. were

30. He was unwilling to explain the reason ..................his absence.

A. for B. why C. of

D. that

31. Give me a word.........................with “S”.

A. begins B. began C. begin D. beginning

32. It’s not worth ......................out now. It is much too late.

A. to go B. it go C. going D. it going

33. It’s at least a month since ...................................John.

A. I last seeing B. I have last been C. I last see D. I last saw

34. They invited ........................dinner with them.

A. us for having B. us to have C. that we have D. our having

35. He dislikes to .....................the crossword puzzle in the newspaper every day.

A. fill B. make C. do D. answer

36. ........................me to phone them before I go out.

A. Mention B. Make C. Remember D. Remind

37. Music can express one's anger, love, hate and ................

A. friendness B. friendly C. friendship D. friends

38. How long ago ......... Minh?

A. did you see B. see C. have you seen D. you saw

39. Let's get her ............. us some water.

A. bring B. brings C. to bring D. bringing

40. I have just bought ............... interesting book.

A. some

B. the

C. a

D. an

Bµi 2: Chia ®éng tõ trong ngoÆc ë thêi vµ thÓ thÝch hîp råi ®iÒn

vµo chç trèng ë trong mçi Câu d­íi ®©y (10 ®iÓm).

41. Water .............................at 100

o

C. (boil)

42. Let’s go for a walk. It ................................raining 2 hours ago. (stop)

43. Normally my sister ............................work at 5 p.m. (finish)

44. ..............................you..............................any good film lately? (see)

45. I .............................Tom and Nancy a few days ago. (meet)

46. Jane .........................for me when I arrived. (wait)

47. Grandpa.........................to the radio in the living-room now. (listen)

48. At 8 o’clock yesterday evening, I .......................dinner with (have)

R

R

R

E

E

E

V

V

V

I

I

I

E

E

E

W

W

W

F

F

F

O

O

O

R

R

R

T

T

T

H

H

H

E

E

E

2

2

2

S

S

S

T

T

T

S

S

S

E

E

E

M

M

M

E

E

E

S

S

S

T

T

T

E

E

E

R

R

R

T

T

T

E

E

E

S

S

S

T

T

T

-

-

-

E

E

E

N

N

N

G

G

G

L

L

L

I

I

I

S

S

S

H

H

H

1

1

1

0

0

0

73

some of my old friends.

49. This is a big factory. Five hundred people .........................here. (employ)

50.The letter.........................a week ago and it.....................yesterday (post, arrive)

Bµi 3: Cho d¹ng ®óng cña nh÷ng tõ ë cuèi mçi Câu (10 ®iÓm).

51. What is the ......................................of this tower, please? (high)

52. The whole country is trying to get rid of ....................... (poor)

53. They are looking for the ..................................to the problem. (solve)

54. We should .................................this road for better use. (wide)

55. During the past years computers have ................................our life. (revolution)

56. It is much more ............................to buy that car. (economy)

57. A true ............................lasts throughout life. (friend)

58. The house is big but it is very ..................................to live in. (comfortable)

59. He is ........... because he misses his parents. (happy)

60. His ................................has been considered. (explain)

PhÇn iII: reading

§äc ®o¹n v¨n sau råi chän ®¸p ¸n ®óng ®Ó ®iÒn vµo mçi kho¶ng

trèng (10 ®)

The 1990s .. (61) .. great changes in the way people communicate. People could …(62)…

mail without going to the post office, and go ….(63)… without leaving home. The cause of this

great change was the Internet.

The idea for the Internet … (64) ….in the early 1960s in the United States. The Department

of Defence wanted …. (65) …., their computers together to share private information. In 1969, the

ARPA net, ….(66)….. was an early form of the Internet, first connected computers at 4 American

Universities. In 1972, scientists ….(67)…. ARPA net with the world. They created a way to send

person – to person messages using ARPA net. This was the beginning of email.

In the 1990s, two important things happened: the birth of the World Wide Web (WWW) in

1991 and the creation of the first web browser … (68) …. . 1993. The web made it easier to find …

(69) …. on the Internet, and to move from place to place using links.

Nowadays, computers are an important part of our lives and are changing how we learn,

work, shop and …..(70)…...

61.

A.

sees

B.

saw

C.

has seen

D.

was seeing

62.

A.

send

B.

to send

C.

sending

D.

sent

63.

A.

shopping

B.

to shopping

C.

shop

D.

shopped

64.

A.

begins

B.

beginning

C.

began

D.

had begun

65.

A.

to connecting

B.

connect

C.

connecting

D.

to connect

66.

A.

whom

B.

who

C.

which

D.

that

67.

A.

shared

B.

was sharing

C.

had shared

D.

have shared

68.

A.

during

B.

on

C.

at

D.

in

69.

A.

information

B.

inform

C.

informative

D.

informal

70.

A.

communicating

B.

to communicating

C.

communicate

D.

to communicate

PhÇn iv: writing

Bµi 1: T×m lçi trong nh÷ng Câu sau b»ng c¸ch khoanh trßn A, B, C

hay D (10®)

71. I am very please that we should meet again soon.

R

R

R

E

E

E

V

V

V

I

I

I

E

E

E

W

W

W

F

F

F

O

O

O

R

R

R

T

T

T

H

H

H

E

E

E

2

2

2

S

S

S

T

T

T

S

S

S

E

E

E

M

M

M

E

E

E

S

S

S

T

T

T

E

E

E

R

R

R

T

T

T

E

E

E

S

S

S

T

T

T

-

-

-

E

E

E

N

N

N

G

G

G

L

L

L

I

I

I

S

S

S

H

H

H

1

1

1

0

0

0

74

A B

C

D

72. Peter introduced Mai with some of his friends in London.

A

B

C D

73. The police stopped everybody enter the house.

A

B

C

D

74. The pilot and the crew divided the life preserves between twenty frantic passengers.

A

B

C

D

75. Standing among so many strangers, the frightened child began to sob uncontrollable.

A

B

C D

76. Tom keeps to study hard because he intends to go to dental school.

A

B C D

77. When the bell rang, the students have left the class.

A B C D

78. The government has decided voting on the resolution now rather than next month.

A B C D

79. I don’t recommend to eat in that restaurant. Its food is awful.

A

B C

D

80. One of the primary cause of road accidents is driving after drinking.

A B C

D

Bµi 2: H·y viÕt l¹i nh÷ng Câu sau ®©y mµ kh«ng thay ®æi nghÜa cña

Câu, b¾t ®Çu b»ng côm tõ cho s½n (10 ®iÓm).

81. I started learning English 5 years ago.

=> I have .............................................................................................................

82. This is the first time I’ve ever been to Hanoi.

=> I have never ......................................................................................................

83. The last time I saw him was in 1995.

=> I haven’t ...........................................................................................................

84. Harry left before we reached the hotel.

=> By the time .......................................................................................................

85. We haven’t seen Ann for years.

=> It’s years ...........................................................................................................

86. School uniform must be worn at all times by young pupils.

=> Young pupils ...................................................................................................

87. That school has four hundred pupils.

=> There ...............................................................................................................

88. The map was so old that I could not read it.

=> It was such ......................................................................................................

89. It is against the rules to park your car here.

=> You are..............................................................................................................

90. He didn’t hurry, so he missed the train.

=> If ......................................................................................................................

Bµi 3: §æi nh÷ng Câu sau ®©y sang d¹ng bÞ ®éng (10 ®iÓm).

91. My grandfather built this house in 1950.

=> ...............................................................................................................................

92. You should clean the room every day.

=> ...........................................................................................................................

93. People advised us not to go out alone.

=> ...............................................................................................................................

94. Tom gave me an apple.

=> ...............................................................................................................................

95. I will never read this book.

=> ..............................................................................................................................

R

R

R

E

E

E

V

V

V

I

I

I

E

E

E

W

W

W

F

F

F

O

O

O

R

R

R

T

T

T

H

H

H

E

E

E

2

2

2

S

S

S

T

T

T

S

S

S

E

E

E

M

M

M

E

E

E

S

S

S

T

T

T

E

E

E

R

R

R

T

T

T

E

E

E

S

S

S

T

T

T

-

-

-

E

E

E

N

N

N

G

G

G

L

L

L

I

I

I

S

S

S

H

H

H

1

1

1

0

0

0

75

96. They are fixing the drain in the bathroom.

=> ................................................................................................................................

97. People speak English all over the world.

=> .............................................................................................................................

98. What have they done?

=> .............................................................................................................................

99. You must answer all the questions on the paper.

=> ...............................................................................................................................

100. He still remembers that his father took him to the zoo every Sunday.

=> ............................................................................................................................

Good luck to all of you!

KEY

Phần I: Phonetics

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

A

A

C

C

B

A

A

B

C

C

Phần II: vocabulary and grammar

Bài 1:

11

C

21

B

31

D

12

A

22

A

32

C

13

D

23

C

33

D

14

A

24

A

34

B

15

A

25

B

35

C

16

C

26

D

36

D

17

A

27

B

37

C

18

D

28

B

38

A

19

D

29

D

39

C

20

B

30

A

40

D

2: 41. boils 46. was waiting

42. stopped 47. is listening

43. inishes 48. was having

44. have.............seen 4 9. are employed

45. met 50. was posted, arrived

3: 51. height 56. economical

52. poverty 57. friendship

53. solution 58. uncomfortable

54. widen 59. hardship

55. revolutionized 60. explanation

III: reading

61

62

63

64

65

6

67

68

69

70

B

A

A

C

D

C

A

D

A

C

IV: writing

1:

71

72

73

74

75

76

77

78

79

80

B

B

D

C

D

A

C

B

B

B

2: 81. I have learned/ have been learning English for five years (now).

8 2. I have never been to Hanoi before.

8 3. I haven’t seen him since 1995.

R

R

R

E

E

E

V

V

V

I

I

I

E

E

E

W

W

W

F

F

F

O

O

O

R

R

R

T

T

T

H

H

H

E

E

E

2

2

2

S

S

S

T

T

T

S

S

S

E

E

E

M

M

M

E

E

E

S

S

S

T

T

T

E

E

E

R

R

R

T

T

T

E

E

E

S

S

S

T

T

T

-

-

-

E

E

E

N

N

N

G

G

G

L

L

L

I

I

I

S

S

S

H

H

H

1

1

1

0

0

0

76

84. By the time we reached the hotel Harry had left.

85. It’s years since we last saw Ann.

86. Young pupils must wear school uniform all the time/at all times.

87. There are four hundred pupils in that school.

88. It was such an old map that I couldn’t read it.

89. You are parking your car against the rules/ you are not allowed to park your car here.

90. If he had hurried, he wouldn’t have missed the train.

Bµi 3: 91. This house was built (by grandfather)in 1950.

92. Your room should be cleaned every day.

93. We were advised not to go out alone.

94. I was given an apple/ an apple was given to me.

95. This book will never be read.

96. The drain in the bathroom is being fixed.

97. English is spoken all over the world.

98. What has been done?

99. All the questions must be answered on the paper.

100. He still remembers that he was taken to the zoo every Sunday (by his father).

R

R

R

E

E

E

V

V

V

I

I

I

E

E

E

W

W

W

F

F

F

O

O

O

R

R

R

T

T

T

H

H

H

E

E

E

2

2

2

S

S

S

T

T

T

S

S

S

E

E

E

M

M

M

E

E

E

S

S

S

T

T

T

E

E

E

R

R

R

T

T

T

E

E

E

S

S

S

T

T

T

-

-

-

E

E

E

N

N

N

G

G

G

L

L

L

I

I

I

S

S

S

H

H

H

1

1

1

0

0

0

77

SỞ GIÁO DỤC VÀ ĐÀO TẠO QUẢNG NAM

TRƯỜNG THPT CHUYÊN NGUYỄN BỈNH KHIÊM

KỲ THI OLYMPIC TRUYỀN THỐNG 30 - 4 LẦN THỨ 15

ĐỀ THI ĐỀ NGHỊ MÔN: TIẾNG ANH LỚP 10

MULTIPLE CHOICE QUESTIONS

I. Phonology (5ms)

A. Choose the word whose underlined part is pronounced differently from the others

1. A. parachute

B. champagne

C. chivalry

D. churchgoer

2. A. inflexible

B. elegant

C. experiment

D. recollection

3. A. breakfast

B. already

C. feasible

D. heather

4. A. resign

B. resound

C. resonant

D. resource

5. A. cleared

B.hatred

C. sacred

D. wicked

B. Choose the word whose stress pattern is different from that of the others in each group. Circle

A, B, C or D to indicate the correct answer.

6. A. development

B. competitive C. immediate

D. sympathetic

7. A. vocational

B. employer

C. minority

D. reasonable

8. A. analysis B. destination C. presidentia D. apprehension

9. A. exploration

B. facilities

C. scientific

D. educational

10. A. temperature

B. acquaintance

C. photography

D. distinctive

KEY:

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

D

D

C

D

A

D

D

A

B

A

II. Reading comprehension (20ms)

Read the passages and choose the best answer

Passage A

As Christmas evolved in the United States, new customs were adopted and many old ones

were reworked. The legend of Santa Claus, for example, had origins in Europe and was brought by

Dutch settlers to New York in the early 18

th

century. Traditionally, Santa Claus – from the Dutch

Sinter Klaas – was depicted as a tall, dignified, religious figure riding a white horse through the air.

Known as Saint Nicholas in Germany, he was usually accompanied by Black Peter, an elf who

punished disobedient children. In North America he eventually developed into a fat, jolly old

gentleman who had neither the religious attributes of Saint Nicholas nor the strict disciplinarian

character of Black Peter.

Santa’s transformation began in 1823, when a New York newspaper published the poem A

Visit from Saint Nicholas, which Clement Clark Moore had written to amuse his daughter. The

poem introduced many Americans to the story of a kindly saint who flew over housetops in a

reindeer-drawn sleigh. Portraits and drawings of Santa Claus by American illustrator Thomas Nast

further strengthened the legend during the second half of the 19

th

century. Living at the North Pole

and assisted by elves, the modern Santa produced and delivered toys to all good children. By the

late 19

th

century he had become such a prominent figure of American folklore that in 1897, when

Virginia O’Hanlon wrote to the New York Sun newspaper asking if Santa was real, she received a

direct answer: “Yes, Virginia, there is a Santa Claus”.

1.

Who brought the legend of Santa Claus to the USA according to the passage?

R

R

R

E

E

E

V

V

V

I

I

I

E

E

E

W

W

W

F

F

F

O

O

O

R

R

R

T

T

T

H

H

H

E

E

E

2

2

2

S

S

S

T

T

T

S

S

S

E

E

E

M

M

M

E

E

E

S

S

S

T

T

T

E

E

E

R

R

R

T

T

T

E

E

E

S

S

S

T

T

T

-

-

-

E

E

E

N

N

N

G

G

G

L

L

L

I

I

I

S

S

S

H

H

H

1

1

1

0

0

0

78

A. Sinter Klaas

B. Saint Nicholas

C. A German

D. Dutch settlers

2.

Santa Claus was traditionally described as a

A. tall man who could walk through the air

B. fat, jolly, old man

C. religious figure

D. fat man riding a white horse

3.

Santa Claus in North America was depicted as

A. a man with the strict disciplinarian character of Black Peter

B. a good old man with less religious character

C. one with religious attributes of Saint Nicholas

D. a jolly man on horseback

4.

Who was Black Peter?

A. an elf accompanying Saint Nicholas

B. an elf who rode a white horse

C. one of the disobedient children

D. a popular traditional figure

5.

What word is closest in meaning to attributes?

A. symbols of a person

B. natural qualities

C. effects

D. outer appearance

6.

Where did the legend of Santa Claus come from?

A. the North Pole

B. Europe

C. North America

D. the City of New York

7.

1823 was mentioned as a year when

A. Clement Clark Moore wrote his first poem

B. Clement Clark Moore’s poem made him popular

C. Saint Nicholas visited New York

D. the image of Santa Claus was transformed

8.

According to Clement Clark Moore’s poem

A. Santa Claus had nothing different in appearance from the traditional one

B. Santa Claus had wings and could fly

C. Santa Claus liked poetry

D. Santa Claus was a kindly saint who flew over housetops in a sleigh

9.

The answer Yes, Virginia, there is a Santa Claus is an illustration for the fact that

A. the New York Sun was popular with children

B. Santa Claus was a prominent figure at that time

C. newspapers are unreliable

D. Virginia O’Hanlon was a reader of the New York Sun

10.

Which of the following statements is TRUE?

A. Santa Claus was an imaginary old man created by artists based on traditional figures

B. Living in the North Pole, Santa Claus visited children at Christmas

C. Santa Claus was a real figure living in northern America

D. Santa Claus was a story based on Saint Nicholas and Black Peter

KEY: 1. D

2.C

3. B

4. A

5. B

6. B

7 D

8 D

9. B

10. A

Passage B

Alfred Bernhard Nobel, a Swedish inventor and philanthropist, bequeathed most of his vast

fortune

in

trust as

a

fund

from

which annual

prizes could

be

awarded

to

individuals

and

organizations who had achieved the greatest benefit to humanity in a particular year. Originally,

R

R

R

E

E

E

V

V

V

I

I

I

E

E

E

W

W

W

F

F

F

O

O

O

R

R

R

T

T

T

H

H

H

E

E

E

2

2

2

S

S

S

T

T

T

S

S

S

E

E

E

M

M

M

E

E

E

S

S

S

T

T

T

E

E

E

R

R

R

T

T

T

E

E

E

S

S

S

T

T

T

-

-

-

E

E

E

N

N

N

G

G

G

L

L

L

I

I

I

S

S

S

H

H

H

1

1

1

0

0

0

79

there were six classifications for outstanding contributions designated in Nobel’s will, including

chemistry, physics, physiology or medicine, literature and international peace.

The prizes are administered by the Nobel Foundation in Stockholm. In 1969, a prize for

economics endowed by the Central Bank of Sweden was added. Candidates for the prizes must be

nominated in writing a qualified authority in the filed of competition. Recipients in physics,

chemistry,

and

economics

are

selected

by

the

Royal

Swedish

Academy

of

Sciences;

and

physiology or medicine by the Caroline Institute; in literature by the Swedish Academy; and in

peace by the Norwegian Nobel Committee appointed by Norway’s parliament. The prizes are

usually in Stockholm on December 10, with the King of Sweden officiating, an appropriate

tribute Alfred Nobel on the anniversary of his death. Each one includes a gold medal, a diploma,

and a cash award of about one million dollars.

1: What does this passage mainly discuss?

A. The Nobel prizes

B. Alfred Bernhard Nobel

C. Swedish philanthropy

D. Great contributions to mankind

2: Why were the prizes named for Alfred Bernhard Nobel?

A. He won the first Nobel prize for his work in philanthropy

B. He is now living in Sweden

C. He left money in his will to establish a fund for the prizes

D. He serves as chairman of the committee to choose the recipients

3: How often are the Nobel prizes awarded?

A. Five times a year

B. Once every two years

C. Once a year

D. Twice a year

4: The word “outstanding” in line 3 most closely means _______.

A. recent

B. exceptional

C. unusual

D. established

5: The word “will” in line 4 could best be replaced by _____.

A. Nobel’s wishes

B. a legal document

C. a future intention D. a free choice

6: A Nobel prize would NOT be given to _______.

A. an author who wrote a novel B. a doctor who discovered a vaccine

C. a diplomat who negotiated a peace D. a composer who wrote a symphony

7: The word “one” in paragraph 2 refers to _____.

A. tribute

B. anniversary

C. candidate

D. prize

8: The word “appropriate” in the passage most closely means _______.

A. prestigious

B. suitable

C. customary

D. transitory

9: Which individual or organization serves as administrator for the trust?

A. The King of Sweden

B. The Nobel Foundation

C. The Central Bank of Sweden

D. Swedish and Norwegian academies and institutes

10: Why are the awards presented on December 10?

A. It is a tribute to the King of Sweden.

B. Alfred Bernhard Nobel died on that day.

C. That date was established in Alfred Nobel’s will.

D. The Central Bank of Sweden administers the trust

KEY:

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

A

C

C

B

B

D

D

B

B

B

R

R

R

E

E

E

V

V

V

I

I

I

E

E

E

W

W

W

F

F

F

O

O

O

R

R

R

T

T

T

H

H

H

E

E

E

2

2

2

S

S

S

T

T

T

S

S

S

E

E

E

M

M

M

E

E

E

S

S

S

T

T

T

E

E

E

R

R

R

T

T

T

E

E

E

S

S

S

T

T

T

-

-

-

E

E

E

N

N

N

G

G

G

L

L

L

I

I

I

S

S

S

H

H

H

1

1

1

0

0

0

80

III. Guided cloze test

Choose the best word that fits each gap of the passage. (10ms)

National Health Service (NHS) (1) ________ ambulances are available and free for cases of

sudden (2) ________ or collapse, for accidents and for doctors’ urgent call. Special (3) _________

services, such as free dental treatment and (4) _______ and immunization of children against

certain (5) ________ diseases, are provided under the NHS to safeguard the health of (6) _______

women and young children. Free family planning advice and (7) ________ is available from

general practices (GPs) and family planning clinics. Nation-wide screening programmes for breast

canner and cervical cancer are available to the most (8) _______ age groups among women.

Improvements in the provision and (9) ________ of cancer services are a major priority. The blood

(10) _______ services collect over 2.5 million donations a year from voluntary unpaid donors.

1.

A. emergent

B. emergency C. urgent

D. urgency

2.

A. illness

B. disease

C. pain

D. sore

3.

A. prevent

B. preventing C. preventive D. prevention

4.

A. vaccine

B. vaccinate

C. vaccinating D. vaccination

5.

A. infect

B. infecting

C. infection

D. infectious

6.

A. pregnan

B. pregnancy C. expecting

D. expectant

7.

A. treat

B. treatment

C. treating

D. maltreatment

8.

A. unsuspecting

B. susceptible C. susceptibility

D. susceptibly

9.

A. avail

B. available

C. availability D. unavailable

10.

A. transfuse

B. transfused C. transfusing D. transfusion

KEY: 1. B

2. A

3. C

4. D

5. D

6. A

7. B

8. B

9. C

10. D

WRITTEN TESTS

I.

Verb tenses

Choose the correct verb tense for each gap of the passage. (10ms)

This time last year I (1) ______ in the rain along a country road in France with a friend of mine.

We (2) _____ to go on a cycling holiday in Normandy. Neither of us (3) ______ to France before,

but we (4) _____ some French from our time at school and we (5) _____ to brush up on the basics.

Now we (6) _____ if we (7) _____ the right decision. We (8) _____ our route carefully in advance,

but we (9) ______ one important thing, the weather. It (10) _____ solidly since our arrival and that

night we (11) ______ sleeping in the waiting room at a railway station. Then the next morning as

we (12) ______ down a steep hill my bike (13) _____ on the wet road and I (14) ______. I (15)

______ immediately that I (16) ______ my arm, and after a visit to the local hospital I (17) ______

the next train to Calais for the ferry home. Unfortunately my parents (18) ______ me home for a

fortnight, and (19) _____ away on holiday. So I (20) _____ a miserable couple of weeks alone,

reading Teach Yourself French.

1.

A. cycled

B. was cycling

C. had cycled

D. had been cycling

2.

A. decided

B. have decided

C. had decided

D. had been deciding

3.

A. have been B. had been

C. went

D. was going

4.

A. know

B. knew

C. have known

D. had known

5.

A. managed

B. have managed

C. would manage

D. had managed

6.

A. wonder

B. are wondering

C. will wonder

D. were wondering

7.

A. make

B. made

C. have made

D. had made

8.

A. planned

B. have planned

C. had planned

D. had been planning

9.

A. forgot

B. had forgotten

C. have forgotten

D. were forgetting

R

R

R

E

E

E

V

V

V

I

I

I

E

E

E

W

W

W

F

F

F

O

O

O

R

R

R

T

T

T

H

H

H

E

E

E

2

2

2

S

S

S

T

T

T

S

S

S

E

E

E

M

M

M

E

E

E

S

S

S

T

T

T

E

E

E

R

R

R

T

T

T

E

E

E

S

S

S

T

T

T

-

-

-

E

E

E

N

N

N

G

G

G

L

L

L

I

I

I

S

S

S

H

H

H

1

1

1

0

0

0

81

10.

A. has rained B. has been raining

C. was raining

D. had rained

11.

A. ended up

B. had ended up

C. have ended up

D. would end up

12.

A. rode

B. were riding

C. had ridden

D. had been riding

13.

A. skidded

B. was skidded

C. was skidding

D. was being skidded

14.

A. fell off

B. was falling off

C. was fallen off

D. had fallen off

15.

A. realize

B. have realized

C. realized

D. had realized

16.

A. broke

B. have broken

C. had broken

D. had been breaking

17.

A. caught

B. have caught

C. had caught

D. would catch

18.

A. didn’t expect

B. weren’t expecting

C. haven’t expected

D. hadn’t expected

19.

A. went

B. had gone

C. were going

D. have gone

20.

A. spent

B was spending

C. have spent

D. have been spending

KEY:

1. B

2. C

3. B

4. B

5. D

6. D

7. D

8. C

9. B

10. D

11. A

12. B

13. A 14. A 15. C

16. C

17. A 18. B

19. B

20. A

II.

Prepositions and phrasal verbs (10ms)

Choose the correct preposition/ particle for each gap of the passage.

The Moscow metro system is over sixty years old. Sometimes called “the people’s underground

palace”, it has stood (1) ____ well to the passing of time. It carries nine million passengers a day at

an average speed of 42 kilometers per hour, and now, even though it has run (2) ____ of money, it

still offers impressive examples of past splendor. Tourists from all over the world come to look at

the stations lined with granite and marble and decorated with mosaics and chandeliers. Some of the

names have changed: for example, Marx Prospekt has turned (3) ____ Hunter’s Row. Some

Muscovites find it hard to take (4) ___ the changes, but they are justly proud of their underground

and want to look (5) ____ it. Recently a strike was threatened, to force the government to invest in

the system. The plan came (6) ____, and so a new line and new stations will be built.

The

Moscow

metro

stands

(7)

____

among

its

international

competitors

for

being

almost

completely free of advertising. Although that will change soon, transport managers have promised

to see (8) ____ it that any advertising will be done tastefully. Wherever you go in the world, you

won’t come (9) ____ a grander or more impressive underground system. Whether you’re a local,

seeing your friends (10) ____ or traveling to work, or a tourist, visiting Moscow for the first time,

spare a moment to appreciate the works of art all around you, before going on with your journey.

1.

A. up

B. out

C. by

D. in

2.

A. away

B. down

C. up

D out

3.

A. back

B. into

C. out

D. against

4.

A. up

B. down

C. in

D. on

5.

A. round

B. into

C. for

D. after

6.

A. off

B. out

C. up

D. in

7.

A. over

B. out

C. up

D. for

8.

A. through

B. to

C. off

D. round

9.

A. up

B. out

C. across

D. to

10.

A. forward

B. off

C. out

D. away

KEY: 1.C; 2.A; 3.A; 4.D; 5.B; 6.A; 7.B; 8.D; 9.C; 10.C

R

R

R

E

E

E

V

V

V

I

I

I

E

E

E

W

W

W

F

F

F

O

O

O

R

R

R

T

T

T

H

H

H

E

E

E

2

2

2

S

S

S

T

T

T

S

S

S

E

E

E

M

M

M

E

E

E

S

S

S

T

T

T

E

E

E

R

R

R

T

T

T

E

E

E

S

S

S

T

T

T

-

-

-

E

E

E

N

N

N

G

G

G

L

L

L

I

I

I

S

S

S

H

H

H

1

1

1

0

0

0

82

Last week I went to visit my friend Fred. Fred is a great guy but at times he can really go

(1)………… about things. We were speaking about some of our friends and he came (2)…………

this incredible story about Jane. It seems she had butted (3)………… while he was harping

(4)………… his favorite complaint: Service in restaurants. Apparently, he had been running

(5)………… for quite a while putting (6)………… almost every restaurant he had been to by

rattling (7)………… a list of his visits to different restaurants in town. I guess Jane felt that he was

talking at her and was fed up with it. She went off about what a rude person he was which shut him

(8)………… pretty quickly! I thought about blurting (9)………… that maybe she was right, but

decided to clam (10)………… in order to not upset him.

1. A. at

B. in

C. on D. up

2. A. out with

B. down

C. about D. under

3. A. in

B. of

C. off D. out

4. A. around

B. up

C. into D. on

5. A. to

B. on

C. out with D. in

6. A. down

B. about

C. after D. up

7. A. of

B. off

C. on D. outside

8. A. out of

B. on

C. into D. up

9. A. around

B. up

C. out D. at

10. A. at

B. on

C. up D. in

KEY: 1. A

2. D

3. B

4. C

5. D

6. A

7. B

8. B

9. C

10. B

III.

Word forms (20 ms)

Supply the correct form of the word in capital letter. (10 points)

1.

He suffered from constant ............ . SLEEP

2.

The boy was very violent and his parents found him ............. .

MANAGE

3.

People in the village no longer use water in that well because of its…....... . PURE

4.

“Would you like some ………?” - Lan asked. You must be tired after that long walk.

REFRESH

5.

We have to take care of our own …… for nobody else will do this for us. POSSESS.

6.

The city has over million ………….. INHABIT

7.

Be careful ! That’s a .............. poison. DEAD

8.

Street noise is one of the ………… of living in a big city. ADVANTAGE

9.

If we could find out the ……… for cancer, thousands of people would be saved every year.

PREVENT

10.

The talks were totally .................. . We didn’t reach agreement on anything. PRODUCE

KEY: sleeplessness 2. unmanageable 3. impurity 4. refreshments 5. possessions

6.inhabitants 7.deadly 8. disadvantages 9. prevention 10. unproductive

Use the correct form of the word given in capitals to complete the numbered spaces in the

passage below.

1. synonym

3. hand

5. mathematics

7. own

9. stand

2. rely

4. front

6. position

8. reside

10. likely

King of the Watchmakers

For a period of its history, the city of Coventry had a considerable reputation as the main center of

clock and watch-making in Britain, and Coventry timepieces made then were (1) ............ with both

quality and (2) .......... . Few people in the city today will have heard of Samuel Watson, but he

R

R

R

E

E

E

V

V

V

I

I

I

E

E

E

W

W

W

F

F

F

O

O

O

R

R

R

T

T

T

H

H

H

E

E

E

2

2

2

S

S

S

T

T

T

S

S

S

E

E

E

M

M

M

E

E

E

S

S

S

T

T

T

E

E

E

R

R

R

T

T

T

E

E

E

S

S

S

T

T

T

-

-

-

E

E

E

N

N

N

G

G

G

L

L

L

I

I

I

S

S

S

H

H

H

1

1

1

0

0

0

83

almost (3) ............. paved the way for Coventry’s involvement in the clock and watch business. He

was at the (4) ................ of the watch-making revolution in the 1680s, and although it is not known

how Watson became involved in the trade, he was a trailblazer for others.

Watson made his name in 1682 when he sold a clock to King Charles II and was invited to be the

King’s (5) ......................... . The following he began work on an astronomical clock for the King,

complete with planets and signs of the zodiac, which took seven years to build. It not only told the

time of day but also the (6) ......................... changes of the planets. Queen Mary acquired it in 1691

and it is still in the (7) ........... of the Royal Family.

He built several other clocks, and by 1690 the clamor for Watson’s clocks was such that he left

Coventry and took up (8) ........... in London. He became Master of the London Clockmakers’

Company in 1692, which is testament to his (9) ............. in the growing industry.

In 1712, Samuel Watson’s name disappears from the records of the London Clockmakers’

Company, and the (10) ................ is that he died in that year.

KEY:

1. synonymous

3. single-handedly

5. mathematician

7. ownership

9. standing

2. reliability

4. forefront

6. positional

8. residence

10. likelihood

IV. Error identification (10 ms)

The passage below contains 10 errors. Underline and correct them. (00) has been done as an

example.

Leonardo DiCaprio is one of the hotter young film stars around at the moment. His

face has been on the covers of all the top movies and young magazines over the last

few months and he has been the subject of countless articles, rumours and showbiz

gossip. Leonard doesn’t like reading about him because “I read things about me that

I’ve never said in my life and never did" .

Leonardo DiCaprio was born in Los Angeles on 11 November, 1974. He’s a

Scorpio. His full name is Leonardo Wilhelm DiCaprio. His mother is Germany and

his father Italian-American. They called him Leonardo because when his mother was

still pregnant, he started kicking while she was stood in front of a painting by

Leonardo Da Vinci. His friends call him Leo. He has a scar from when he was

stinging by a Portuguese man-of-war. His parents separated before he was born, so

his mother moved to a poor neighbourhood of Hollywood there Leo grew up . At

school he was very good at imitating people, especially Michael Jackson. This made

him very popularly. His childhood hero was Poseidon, the Greek god of the sea.

After appearance in TV commercials and episodes of Roseanne, he played the cast

of Roseanne, the TV sitcom starring Kirk Cameron. Leonard played the part of

Luke, a homeless boy. Lately, he played the part of Jim Carroll in The Basketball

Diaries. But he has really become famous since he acted in the film Titanic

KEY:

1. young --> youth

2. him --> himself

3. did--> done

4.Germany--> German 5. stood



standing

6. stinging--> stung

7. there --> where

8. popularly -->popular

9. appearance --> appearing

10. Lately --> Later

V.Open cloze tests

Fill in each numbered space with one appropriate word

00

hottest......

...........

.

R

R

R

E

E

E

V

V

V

I

I

I

E

E

E

W

W

W

F

F

F

O

O

O

R

R

R

T

T

T

H

H

H

E

E

E

2

2

2

S

S

S

T

T

T

S

S

S

E

E

E

M

M

M

E

E

E

S

S

S

T

T

T

E

E

E

R

R

R

T

T

T

E

E

E

S

S

S

T

T

T

-

-

-

E

E

E

N

N

N

G

G

G

L

L

L

I

I

I

S

S

S

H

H

H

1

1

1

0

0

0

84

Albert Einstein

Best

known

(1)

……

his

Theory

of

Relativity,

Albert

Einstein

has

been

acknowledged (2) …… one of the greatest scientists in human society. Born in

Germany in 1879, Einstein did (3) …… in all his school subjects, with the (4) ……

of mathematics, which was his (5) …… subject.

While (6) …… as a clerk in Switzerland, Einstein produced the Special Theory of

Relativity. This theory states that mass, length and time change depending on (7)

…… a person looks at them. In 1915, Einstein published his General Theory of

Relativity. This new theory created a controversy (8) …… many scientists did not

agree with him. In the end, simple experiments (9) …… Einstein to be correct.

Einstein was (10) ……the Nobel Prize for his work in physics.

KEY:

1. for

2. as

3. poorly

4. exception

5. favourite/ favorite

6. working

7. how

8. because

9. proved

10. awarded

Read the following passage and use ONE word to fill in each gap.

The Great (1)………………of Giza was built as a (2)………..of Pharaoh Cheops in

2720

BC.

(3)……………..it

was

built

a

long

time

ago,

its

(4)………………….makes it one of the true (5)…………..of the world. The four

(6)…………….of the pyramid are put almost exactly on true north, south, east and

west.

Explorations and detailed examinations of the base of the structure reveal many

interesting lines. Further (7)……….. study indicates that (8)…………..represent a

type of line of events-past, present and future. Many of the (9)………….have been

interpreted and found to coincide with known facts of the past.

Was

this

super

structure

made

by

ordinary

beings

or

one

built

by

a

race

(10)…………superior to any known today?

KEY:

1. pyramid

2. tomb

3. Although

4. construction

5. wonders

6. sides 7. scientific

8. these

9. events

10. far

VI. Sentence transformation (20 ms)

Finish each of the following sentences in such a way that it is as similar as

possible in meaning to the original sentence. Use the word given and other

words necessary. Do not change the form of the given word.

1. The Yeti has very rarely been seen at this attitude.

There have____________________________________________

2. It is not certain that Jones will get the job.

It is open ____________________________________________

3. Everyone started complaining the moment the announcement was made.

No sooner ____________________________________________

4. As I get older, I want to travel less.

The older _____________________________________________

5. After six-year relationship, Martha and Billy have

decided to get married.

(KNOT)

_____________________________________________________

6. At this very moment my wife may be arriving back home. (PROBABLY)

R

R

R

E

E

E

V

V

V

I

I

I

E

E

E

W

W

W

F

F

F

O

O

O

R

R

R

T

T

T

H

H

H

E

E

E

2

2

2

S

S

S

T

T

T

S

S

S

E

E

E

M

M

M

E

E

E

S

S

S

T

T

T

E

E

E

R

R

R

T

T

T

E

E

E

S

S

S

T

T

T

-

-

-

E

E

E

N

N

N

G

G

G

L

L

L

I

I

I

S

S

S

H

H

H

1

1

1

0

0

0

85

_____________________________________________________

7. Noise is something that it is not possible for me to tolerate. (PUT)

_____________________________________________________

8. He is becoming quite famous as an interviewer. (NAME)

_____________________________________________________

9.

He

makes

sure

that

he

isn't

associated

with

policies

he

disagrees

with.

(DISTANCES)

_____________________________________________________

10.I really don't know what you're talking about. (FAINTEST)

KEY:

1. There have been very few sightings of the Yeti having been seen at this attitude.

2. It is open to doubt whether Jones will get the job.

3. No sooner had the announcement been made than everyone started complaining.

4. The older I get, the less I want to travel.

5. After six-year relationship, Martha and Billy have decided to tie the knot.

6. At this very moment my wife is probably arriving back home.

7. I find it impossible to put up with noise.

8. He is making quite a name for himself as an interviewer.

9. He makes sure (that) he distances himself from policies he disagrees with.

10. I don't have the faintest idea what you're talking about

The end

R

R

R

E

E

E

V

V

V

I

I

I

E

E

E

W

W

W

F

F

F

O

O

O

R

R

R

T

T

T

H

H

H

E

E

E

2

2

2

S

S

S

T

T

T

S

S

S

E

E

E

M

M

M

E

E

E

S

S

S

T

T

T

E

E

E

R

R

R

T

T

T

E

E

E

S

S

S

T

T

T

-

-

-

E

E

E

N

N

N

G

G

G

L

L

L

I

I

I

S

S

S

H

H

H

1

1

1

0

0

0

86

§Ò thi m«n tiÕnganh

(§Ò 1)

1:

Choose the best answer to complete the following sentence :

Lan is the........of the two girls.

A.

prettiest

B.

prettier

C.

pretty

D.

most pretty

2:

Choose the best answer to complete the following sentence :

To lack means to................

A.

be without

B.

keep secret

C.

be with

D.

be weak

Read the passage below and choose the best answer for each space ( from number 03 to number

15):

A year with overseas volunteers

I was with Overseas Volunteers (OV) for a year after leaving university, and I was sent to an

isolated village in Chad, about 500 kilometers, from the capital. Coming from a rich country, I got quite a

shock as conditions were much harder than I had expected. But after a few days I soon got used to..(3)…

there. The people were always very friendly and helpful, and I soon began to appreciate how…(4)… the

countryside was.

One of my job was to supply the village with water. The well was a long walk away, and the

women used to…(5) a long time every day..(6)..heavy pots backwards and forwards. So I contacted the

organization and arranged to…(7)..some pipes delivered. We built a simple pineline and a pump, and it

worked first time. It wasn’t perfect- there were a few..(8), but it made a great difference to the villagers,

…(9) had never had running water before. And not …(10)did we have running water, but in the evening it

was hot, because the pipe had been…..(11) in the sun all day.

All in all, I think my time with OV was a good experience. Although it was not well-paid, it was

well…(12)doing, and I would recommend it to anyone who was…(13) working for a charity.

Finally, there’s one more reason why I will never….(14) working for OV. A few months before I

left, I met and fell in love…(15)another volunteer, and we got married when we returned to England.

Câu 3. A. live

B. lived

C. living

D. lives

Câu 4. A. beautiful

B. good-looking

C. handsome

D. sweet

Câu 5. A. spend

B. spent

C. spends

D. spending

Câu 6. A. fetching

B. wearing

C. carrying

D. holding

Câu 7. A. make

B. let

C. have

D. allow

Câu 8. A. breaks

B. leaks

C. splits

D. punctures

Câu 9. A. which

B. that

C. they

D. who

Câu 10. A. hardly

B. scarcely

C. only

D. also

Câu 11. A. lied

B. lay

C. laying

D. lying

Câu 12. A. worth

B. value

C. cost

D. price

Câu 13. A. considering

B. thinking

C. going

D. planning

Câu 14. A. regret

B. feel sorry

C. miss

D. lose

Câu 15. A. at

B. to

C. for

D. with

Câu 16: Choose the best answer to complete the following sentence :

Mr. Brown.......around the country if he saved enough money.

A.

will travel

B.

would travel

C.

has traveled

D.

traveled

Câu 17:

Choose the word with the same meaning as the underlined part :

I have’t seen your brother recently.

A.

suddenly

B.

immediately

C.

quietly

D.

lately

Câu 18:

Find a word which is pronounced differently in the part underlined

A.

superb

B.

suppose

C.

Support

D.

Supply

Câu 19:

Choose the word with the same meaning as the underlined part :

We are very anxious about the result of the exam.

A.

careful

B.

careless

C.

excited

D.

worried

R

R

R

E

E

E

V

V

V

I

I

I

E

E

E

W

W

W

F

F

F

O

O

O

R

R

R

T

T

T

H

H

H

E

E

E

2

2

2

S

S

S

T

T

T

S

S

S

E

E

E

M

M

M

E

E

E

S

S

S

T

T

T

E

E

E

R

R

R

T

T

T

E

E

E

S

S

S

T

T

T

-

-

-

E

E

E

N

N

N

G

G

G

L

L

L

I

I

I

S

S

S

H

H

H

1

1

1

0

0

0

87

Câu 20:

Choose the best answer to complete the following sentence :

Can you give me a.......for a fruit cake.

A.

prescription

B.

receipt

C.

recipe

D.

description

Câu 21:

Choose the best answer to complete the following sentence :

Don’t touch that wire or you may get an electric......... .

A.

current

B.

shock

C.

attack

D.

feeling

Câu 22:

There is a mistake in the four underlined part of the sentence. Find the mistakes ( A,B, C, or

D) :

If I (A) find some money (B) on the street, I’d (C) take it to the (D) police station.

Câu23:

Choose a word that has different stress pattern

A.

government

B.

annoyance

C.

experiment

D.

participate

Câu 24:

Read the following list of four words and choose one word that does not belong in the

list :

A.

Listen

B.

Talk

C.

Spell

D.

Pronounce

Câu 25:

Choose the best answer to complete the following sentence :

The teacher says, ‘The time is up’ .This means that the period of time has.........

A.

begun

B.

ended

C.

been interesting

D.

seemed long

Câu26:

Choose the best answer to complete the following sentence :

When I was turning out my cupboard I........this photograph of Uncle Ba

A.

came round

B.

came across

C.

came over

D.

came into

Câu 27:

Choose the best answer to complete the following sentence :

Our flat is very small. We wish we.......another bedroom.

A.

have

B.

had

C.

have had

D.

will have

Câu 28:

Choose one sentence that has different meaning to the root one :

The picture is so high that she can’t reach it.

A.

The picture is too high for her to reach.

B.

She is not tall enough to reach the picture.

C.

She is too short to reach the picture.

D.

She is such a tall girl that she can reach the picture.

Câu 29:

Choose the word that has the underlined part pronounced differently from the rest :

A.

studious

B.

adult

C.

public

D.

thunder

Câu 30:

Choose the best answer to complete the following sentence :

What are you cooking in that saucepan ? It........good.

A.

makes

B.

smells

C.

feels

D.

flavors

Câu 31:

Choose one sentence that has different meaning to the root one :

The square clock costs $5. The round clock costs $7.

A.

The round clock is more expensive than the

square clock.

B.

The square clock is cheaper than the round

clock.

C.

The square clock doesn’t cost as much as the

round clock.

D.

The round clock costs less than the square

clock.

Câu 32:

Choose one sentence that has different meaning to the root one :

You remembered to post the letter for me, didn’t you ?

A.

Did you remember to post the letter for me?

B.

You didn’t forget to post the letter for me,

did you?

C.

Didn’t you forget to post the letter for me?

D.

You forgot to post the letter for me, didn’t

you?

Câu33:

Choose one sentence that has the same meaning as the root one :

If he doesn’t promise to try harder, I won’t help him.

A.

If he promises to try harder, I will never help

him.

B.

If he promised to try harder, I wouldn’t help

him.

C.

Unless he promises to try harder, I will never

help him.

D.

Unless he doesn’t promise to try harder, I

will help him.

Câu34:

Choose the best answer to complete the following sentence :

The High Street is so narrow that the Council have to.......it.

R

R

R

E

E

E

V

V

V

I

I

I

E

E

E

W

W

W

F

F

F

O

O

O

R

R

R

T

T

T

H

H

H

E

E

E

2

2

2

S

S

S

T

T

T

S

S

S

E

E

E

M

M

M

E

E

E

S

S

S

T

T

T

E

E

E

R

R

R

T

T

T

E

E

E

S

S

S

T

T

T

-

-

-

E

E

E

N

N

N

G

G

G

L

L

L

I

I

I

S

S

S

H

H

H

1

1

1

0

0

0

88

A.

increase

B.

widen

C.

extend

D.

lengthen

Câu35:

Choose the word with the same meaning as the underlined part :

The Vietnamese people workship their ancestors.

A.

heirs

B.

elders

C.

fossils

D.

forefathers

Câu 36:

Choose the word with the same meaning as the underlined part :

After the alien spacecraft hovered over the park for a short while, it vanished.

A.

landed

B.

rose

C.

attacked

D.

disappeared

Câu 37 :

Choose the best answer to complete the following sentence :

Another word for baggage is.............

A.

luggage

B.

equipment

C.

carriage

D.

furniture

Câu 38:

Find a word which is pronounced differently in the part underlined:

A.

stage

B.

village

C.

manage

D.

baggage

Câu 39:

Choose the best answer to complete the following sentence :

Phong has worked in London for three years and he speaks English.........

A.

very by well now

B.

by well very now

C.

very well by now

D.

by very well now

Câu 40 :

Choose one sentence that has the same meaning as the root one :

I don’t normally have coffee for breakfast.

A.

I used to have breakfast with coffee.

B.

I get used to having breakfast with

coffee.

C.

I am not used to having coffee for breakfast

D.

I didn’t use to have coffee for

breakfast

Câu 41:

Choose a word that has different stress pattern

A.

deforestation

B.

documentary

C.

representiative

D.

satisfactory

Câu 42:

Choose the word with the same meaning as the underlined part :

I think his story is completely incredible.

A.

insufficient

B.

incomparable

C.

unimportant

D.

unbelievable

Câu 43:

Read the following list of four words and choose one word that does not belong in the

list :

A.

gloves

B.

boots

C.

sandals

D.

shoes

Câu 44:

There is a mistake in the four underlined part of the sentence. Find the mistakes ( A, B, C,

or D) :

We (A) reached the (B) nearest village after (C) walk for (D) five hours.

Câu 45:

Choose the word that has the underlined part pronounced differently from the rest :

A.

sugar

B.

symbol

C.

sample

D.

solar

Câu 46:

Choose one sentence that has the same meaning as the root one :

Both Jane and her sister speak Vietnamese fluently.

A.

Jane speaks Vietnamese more fluently than

her sister does.

B.

Jane doesn’t speak Vietnamese as

fluently as her sister.

C.

Jane speaks Vietnamese fluently but her sister

doesn’t.

D.

Jane speaks Vietnamese fluently and

so does her sister.

Câu 47:

Choose the word with the same meaning as the underlined part :

The company asked for additional information.

A.

necessary

B.

emphatic

C.

certain

D.

further

Câu 48:

Choose the best answer to complete the following sentence :

If Mai comes to England, it will be a good........for her to improve her English.

A.

possibility

B.

opportunity

C.

advantage

D.

experience

Câu 49:

Choose one sentence that has the same meaning as the root one :

Despite meeting a lot of difficulties, they finally went through the forest.

A.

In spite of the fact that meeting a lot of

difficulties, they finally went through the

forest

B.

Even though meeting a lot difficulties,

they finally went through the forest.

R

R

R

E

E

E

V

V

V

I

I

I

E

E

E

W

W

W

F

F

F

O

O

O

R

R

R

T

T

T

H

H

H

E

E

E

2

2

2

S

S

S

T

T

T

S

S

S

E

E

E

M

M

M

E

E

E

S

S

S

T

T

T

E

E

E

R

R

R

T

T

T

E

E

E

S

S

S

T

T

T

-

-

-

E

E

E

N

N

N

G

G

G

L

L

L

I

I

I

S

S

S

H

H

H

1

1

1

0

0

0

89

C.

Although they met a lot of difficulties, they

finally went through the forest.

D.

Though they met a lot of difficulties, but

they finally went through the forest.

Câu 50:

There is a mistake in the four underlined part of the sentence. Find the mistakes ( A, B, C,

or D) :

I (A) asked her (B) whether (C) was there a fridge (D) in the kitchen.

Câu 51:

Choose the best answer to complete the following sentence :

Mary has gone to the baker’s to buy a.........of bread.

A.

loaf

B.

pound

C.

packet

D.

bit

Câu 52:

Choose the best answer to complete the following sentence :

The man......we met on tthe train was the headmaster.

A.

whose

B.

whom

C.

where

D.

which

Câu 53:

Choose the best answer to complete the following sentence :

Some authors are too.....to criticism.

A.

sensible

B.

sensitive

C.

sensational

D.

senseless

Câu 54:

There is a mistake in the four underlined part of the sentence. Find the mistakes ( A, B, C, or

D) :

(A) It’s going to be (B) rainy in Tokyo, (C) that is the (D) capital city of Japan.

Câu 55:

There is a mistake in the four underlined part of the sentence. Find the mistakes ( A, B, C,

or D) :

(A) My father’s motorbike is (B) using (C) too many gas (D) these days.

Read the passage below and choose the best answer for each question (from number 56 to 60):

Last year we had a nice holiday. My friend and I went to the seaside for a month. I had been

to the seaside several times before, but this was the first time for my friend. Naturally, it was a great

event for him. Finally, the days came. It was a fine morning. We got up very early because we

wanted to leave home after breakfast. We made the journey by car. We reached the seaside at

noon. We spent many hours on the beach. We enjoyed making castles and channels in the sand.

People said we ought to spend at least a few weeks at the seaside. If we could stay longer, so much

the better.

Câu 56:.How long did the writer and his friend spend at the seaside?

A. a week

B. a few weeks

C. a month

D. a few months

Câu 57:. Who went to the seaside the first time?

A. The writer

B. The writer’s friend C. The writer’s family D. The writer and his friend

Câu 58:. What was the weather like on the day they started their journey to the seaside?

A. it was bad

B. It was rainy

C. it was snowy

D. It was good

Câu 59:. How did they travel to the seaside?

A. by car

B. By train

C. by bus

D. By air

Câu 60:. When did they reach the seaside?

A. at 9 a.m

B. at 12 o’clock

C. at 4 p. m

D. at 8 p. m

§Ò thi m«n tienganh

(§Ò 2)

Câu 1 :

Choose the best answer to complete the following sentence :

The teacher says, ‘The time is up’ .This means that the period of time has.........

A.

begun

B.

ended

C.

been interesting

D.

seemed long

Câu 2 :

Choose the best answer to complete the following sentence :

Don’t touch that wire or you may get an electric......... .

A.

shock

B.

attack

C.

current

D.

feeling

Câu 3 :

Choose the word with the same meaning as the underlined part :

I have’t seen your brother recently.

R

R

R

E

E

E

V

V

V

I

I

I

E

E

E

W

W

W

F

F

F

O

O

O

R

R

R

T

T

T

H

H

H

E

E

E

2

2

2

S

S

S

T

T

T

S

S

S

E

E

E

M

M

M

E

E

E

S

S

S

T

T

T

E

E

E

R

R

R

T

T

T

E

E

E

S

S

S

T

T

T

-

-

-

E

E

E

N

N

N

G

G

G

L

L

L

I

I

I

S

S

S

H

H

H

1

1

1

0

0

0

90

A.

lately

B.

immediately

C.

suddenly

D.

quietly

Câu 4 :

Choose the best answer to complete the following sentence :

What are you cooking in that saucepan ? It........good.

A.

flavors

B.

smells

C.

feels

D.

makes

Câu 5 :

Choose the word that has the underlined part pronounced differently from the rest :

A.

public

B.

studious

C.

adult

D.

thunder

Câu 6 :

Choose the word with the same meaning as the underlined part :

I think his story is completely incredible.

A.

insufficient

B.

incomparable

C.

unbelievable

D.

unimportant

Câu 7 :

Choose one sentence that has the same meaning as the root one :

Both Jane and her sister speak Vietnamese fluently.

A.

Jane speaks Vietnamese more fluently than her

sister does.

B.

Jane doesn’t speak Vietnamese as fluently

as her sister.

C.

Jane speaks Vietnamese fluently but her sister

doesn’t.

D.

Jane speaks Vietnamese fluently and so

does her sister.

Câu 8 :

There is a mistake in the four underlined part of the sentence. Find the mistakes ( A, B, C, or

D) :

If I (A) find some money (B) on the street, I’d (C) take it to the (D) police station.

Câu 9 :

Find a word which is pronounced differently in the part underlined

A.

superb

B.

suppose

C.

Support

D.

Supply

Câu 10 :

Choose the best answer to complete the following sentence :

Can you give me a.......for a fruit cake.

A.

recipe

B.

receipt

C.

prescription

D.

description

Câu 11 :

There is a mistake in the four underlined part of the sentence. Find the mistakes ( A, B, C, or

D) :

(A) It’s going to be (B) rainy in Tokyo, (C) that is the (D) capital city of Japan.

Câu 12 :

Choose the best answer to complete the following sentence :

The High Street is so narrow that the Council have to.......it.

A.

increase

B.

widen

C.

extend

D.

lengthen

Câu 13 :

Choose the best answer to complete the following sentence :

Lan is the........of the two girls.

A.

prettier

B.

pretty

C.

most pretty

D.

prettiest

Câu 14 :

Choose the best answer to complete the following sentence :

Mary has gone to the baker’s to buy a.........of bread.

A.

bit

B.

pound

C.

packet

D.

loaf

Câu 15 :

Choose the word that has the underlined part pronounced differently from the rest :

A.

sample

B.

symbol

C.

sugar

D.

solar

Câu 16 :

Choose a word that has different stress pattern

A.

government

B.

experiment

C.

annoyance

D.

participate

Câu 17 :

There is a mistake in the four underlined part of the sentence. Find the mistakes ( A, B, C,

or D) :

We (A) reached the (B) nearest village after (C) walk for (D) five hours.

Câu 18 :

Choose the best answer to complete the following sentence :

Another word for baggage is.............

A.

carriage

B.

equipment

C.

luggage

D.

furniture

Câu 19 :

There is a mistake in the four underlined part of the sentence. Find the mistakes ( A, B, C,

or D) :

I (A) asked her (B) whether (C) was there a fridge (D) in the kitchen.

Câu 20 :

Choose the best answer to complete the following sentence :

Our flat is very small. We wish we.......another bedroom.

A.

have had

B.

had

C.

will have

D.

have

Câu 21 :

There is a mistake in the four underlined part of the sentence. Find the mistakes ( A, B, C, or

R

R

R

E

E

E

V

V

V

I

I

I

E

E

E

W

W

W

F

F

F

O

O

O

R

R

R

T

T

T

H

H

H

E

E

E

2

2

2

S

S

S

T

T

T

S

S

S

E

E

E

M

M

M

E

E

E

S

S

S

T

T

T

E

E

E

R

R

R

T

T

T

E

E

E

S

S

S

T

T

T

-

-

-

E

E

E

N

N

N

G

G

G

L

L

L

I

I

I

S

S

S

H

H

H

1

1

1

0

0

0

91

D) :

(A) My father’s motorbike is (B) using (C) too many gas (D) these days.

Câu 22 :

Choose one sentence that has the same meaning as the root one :

I don’t normally have coffee for breakfast.

A.

I get used to having breakfast with coffee.

B.

I used to have breakfast with coffee.

C.

I am not used to having coffee for breakfast

D.

I didn’t use to have coffee for breakfast

Câu 23 :

Choose the best answer to complete the following sentence :

If Mai comes to England, it will be a good........for her to improve her English.

A.

experience

B.

possibility

C.

advantage

D.

opportunity

Câu 24 :

Find a word which is pronounced differently in the part underlined:

A.

village

B.

manage

C.

stage

D.

baggage

Câu 25 :

Choose the best answer to complete the following sentence :

The man......we met on tthe train was the headmaster.

A.

whose

B.

where

C.

which

D.

whom

Câu

26:

Choose one sentence that has different meaning to the root one :

You remembered to post the letter for me, didn’t you ?

A.

Did you remember to post the letter for me?

B.

You forgot to post the letter for me, didn’t you?

C.You didn’t forget to post the letter for me, did you? D. Didn’t you forget to post the letter for

me?

Read the passage below and choose the best answer for each question ( from number 27 to numberm31):

Last year we had a nice holiday. My friend and I went to the seaside for a month. I had been to the seaside

several times before, but this was the first time for my friend. Naturally, it was a great event for him. Finally, the

days came. It was a fine morning. We got up very early because we wanted to leave home after breakfast. We made

the journey by car. We reached the seaside at noon. We spent many hours on the beach. We enjoyed making castles

and channels in the sand. People said we ought to spend at least a few weeks at the seaside. If we could stay longer,

so much the better.

Câu 27.How long did the writer and his friend spend at the seaside?

A. a week

B. a few weeks

C. a month

D. a few months

Câu 28. Who went to the seaside the first time?

A. The writer

B. The writer’s friend C. The writer’s family D. The writer and his friend

Câu 29. What was the weather like on the day they started their journey to the seaside?

A. it was bad

B. It was rainy

C. it was snowy

D. It was good

Câu 30. How did they travel to the seaside?

A. by car

B. By train

C. by bus

D. By air

Câu 31. When did they reach the seaside?

A. at 9 a.m

B. at 12 o’clock

C. at 4 p. m

D. at 8 p. m

Câu 32 :

Read the following list of four words and choose one word that does not belong in the list :

A.

sandals

B.

boots

C.

gloves

D.

shoes

Câu 33 :

Choose the word with the same meaning as the underlined part :

The Vietnamese people workship their ancestors.

A.

fossils

B.

forefathers

C.

elders

D.

heirs

Câu 34 :

Choose one sentence that has different meaning to the root one :

The square clock costs $5. The round clock costs $7.

A.

The round clock is more expensive than the

square clock.

B.

The round clock costs less than the square

clock.

C.

The square clock is cheaper than the round

clock.

D.

The square clock doesn’t cost as much as the

round clock.

Câu 35 :

Choose one sentence that has the same meaning as the root one :

Despite meeting a lot of difficulties, they finally went through the forest.

A.

Even though meeting a lot difficulties, they

finally went through the forest.

B.

In spite of the fact that meeting a lot of

difficulties, they finally went through the

forest

R

R

R

E

E

E

V

V

V

I

I

I

E

E

E

W

W

W

F

F

F

O

O

O

R

R

R

T

T

T

H

H

H

E

E

E

2

2

2

S

S

S

T

T

T

S

S

S

E

E

E

M

M

M

E

E

E

S

S

S

T

T

T

E

E

E

R

R

R

T

T

T

E

E

E

S

S

S

T

T

T

-

-

-

E

E

E

N

N

N

G

G

G

L

L

L

I

I

I

S

S

S

H

H

H

1

1

1

0

0

0

92

C.

Though they met a lot of difficulties, but they

finally went through the forest.

D.

Although they met a lot of difficulties, they

finally went through the forest.

Câu 36 :

Choose the best answer to complete the following sentence :

To lack means to................

A.

be without

B.

be weak

C.

keep secret

D.

be with

Câu 37 :

Choose the best answer to complete the following sentence :

When I was turning out my cupboard I........this photograph of Uncle Ba

A.

came round

B.

came across

C.

came over

D.

came into

Câu 38 :

Choose the best answer to complete the following sentence :

Phong has worked in London for three years and he speaks English.........

A.

by well very now

B.

by very well now

C.

very well by now

D.

very by well now

Câu 39 :

Choose the word with the same meaning as the underlined part :

We are very anxious about the result of the exam.

A.

worried

B.

careful

C.

excited

D.

careless

Câu 40 :

Choose one sentence that has the same meaning as the root one :

If he doesn’t promise to try harder, I won’t help him.

A.

If he promises to try harder, I will never help

him.

B.

Unless he promises to try harder, I will

never help him.

C.

If he promised to try harder, I wouldn’t help

him.

D.

Unless he doesn’t promise to try harder, I

will help him.

Câu 41 :

Choose the word with the same meaning as the underlined part :

After the alien spacecraft hovered over the park for a short while, it vanished.

A.

landed

B.

attacked

C.

disappeared

D.

rose

Câu 42 :

Choose the word with the same meaning as the underlined part :

The company asked for additional information.

A. certain B. emphatic C. necessary D. further

Read the passage below and choose the best answer for each space( from number 43 to number 55):

A year with overseas volunteers

I was with Overseas Volunteers (OV) for a year after leaving university, and I was sent to an isolated

village in Chad, about 500 kilometers, from the capital. Coming from a rich country, I got quite a shock as

conditions were much harder than I had expected. But after a few days I soon got used to..(3)… there. The people

were always very friendly and helpful, and I soon began to appreciate how…(4)… the countryside was.

One of my job was to supply the village with water. The well was a long walk away, and the women used

to…(5) a long time every day..(6)..heavy pots backwards and forwards. So I contacted the organization and

arranged to…(7)..some pipes delivered. We built a simple pineline and a pump, and it worked first time. It wasn’t

perfect- there were a few..(8), but it made a great difference to the villagers, …(9) had never had running water

before. And not …(10)did we have running water, but in the evening it was hot, because the pipe had

been…..(11) in the sun all day.

All in all, I think my time with OV was a good experience. Although it was not well-paid, it was

well…(12)doing, and I would recommend it to anyone who was…(13) working for a charity.

Finally, there’s one more reason why I will never….(14) working for OV. A few months before I left, I

met and fell in love…(15)another volunteer, and we got married when we returned to England.

Câu 43. A. live

B. lived

C. living

D. lives

Câu 44. A. beautiful

B. good-looking

C. handsome

D. sweet

Câu 45. A. spend

B. spent

C. spends

D. spending

Câu 46. A. fetching

B. wearing

C. carrying

D. holding

Câu 47. A. make

B. let

C. have

D. allow

Câu 48. A. breaks

B. leaks

C. splits

D. punctures

Câu 49. A. which

B. that

C. they

D. who

Câu 50. A. hardly

B. scarcely

C. only

D. also

Câu 51. A. lied

B. lay

C. laying

D. lying

R

R

R

E

E

E

V

V

V

I

I

I

E

E

E

W

W

W

F

F

F

O

O

O

R

R

R

T

T

T

H

H

H

E

E

E

2

2

2

S

S

S

T

T

T

S

S

S

E

E

E

M

M

M

E

E

E

S

S

S

T

T

T

E

E

E

R

R

R

T

T

T

E

E

E

S

S

S

T

T

T

-

-

-

E

E

E

N

N

N

G

G

G

L

L

L

I

I

I

S

S

S

H

H

H

1

1

1

0

0

0

93

Câu52. A. worth

B. value

C. cost

D. price

Câu 53. A. considering

B. thinking

C. going

D. planning

Câu 54. A. regret

B. feel sorry

C. miss

D. lose

Câu 55. A. at

B. to

C. for

D. with

Câu 56 :

Choose the best answer to complete the following sentence :

Mr. Brown.......around the country if he saved enough money.

A.

would travel

B.

has traveled

C.

will travel

D.

traveled

Câu 57 :

Choose a word that has different stress pattern

A.

representiative

B.

satisfactory

C.

deforestation

D.

documentary

Câu 58 :

Choose the best answer to complete the following sentence :

Some authors are too.....to criticism.

A.

sensible

B.

sensational

C.

senseless

D.

sensitive

Câu 59 :

Choose one sentence that has different meaning to the root one :

The picture is so high that she can’t reach it.

A.

She is too short to reach the picture.

B.

She is such a tall girl that she can reach

the picture.

C.

She is not tall enough to reach the picture.

D.

The picture is too high for her to reach.

Câu 60 :

Read the following list of four words and choose one word that does not belong in the list :

A.

Listen

B.

Spell

C.

Talk

D.

Pronounce

§Ò thi m«n

tiÕnganh

(§Ò 3)

Câu 1 :

Choose the best answer to complete the following sentence :

Another word for baggage is.............

A.

carriage

B.

luggage

C.

furniture

D.

equipment

Câu 2 :

Choose the best answer to complete the following sentence :

The High Street is so narrow that the Council have to.......it.

A.

increase

B.

widen

C.

extend

D.

lengthen

Câu 3 :

Choose one sentence that has the same meaning as the root one :

I don’t normally have coffee for breakfast.

A.

I used to have breakfast with coffee.

B.

I am not used to having coffee for breakfast

C.

I get used to having breakfast with coffee.

D.

I didn’t use to have coffee for breakfast

Câu 4 :

Choose the word with the same meaning as the underlined part :

After the alien spacecraft hovered over the park for a short while, it vanished.

A.

rose

B.

attacked

C.

landed

D.

disappeared

Câu 5 :

Choose the best answer to complete the following sentence :

If Mai comes to England, it will be a good........for her to improve her English.

A.

experience

B.

possibility

C.

opportunity

D.

advantage

Câu 6 :

Choose one sentence that has different meaning to the root one :

The picture is so high that she can’t reach it.

A.

The picture is too high for her to reach.

B.

She is too short to reach the picture.

C.

She is not tall enough to reach the picture.

D.

She is such a tall girl that she can reach the

picture.

Câu 7 :

There is a mistake in the four underlined part of the sentence. Find the mistakes(A,B,C or D) :

If I (A) find some money (B) on the street, I’d (C) take it to the (D) police station.

Câu 8 :

Choose the best answer to complete the following sentence :

R

R

R

E

E

E

V

V

V

I

I

I

E

E

E

W

W

W

F

F

F

O

O

O

R

R

R

T

T

T

H

H

H

E

E

E

2

2

2

S

S

S

T

T

T

S

S

S

E

E

E

M

M

M

E

E

E

S

S

S

T

T

T

E

E

E

R

R

R

T

T

T

E

E

E

S

S

S

T

T

T

-

-

-

E

E

E

N

N

N

G

G

G

L

L

L

I

I

I

S

S

S

H

H

H

1

1

1

0

0

0

94

To lack means to................

A.

keep secret

B.

be weak

C.

be without

D.

be with

Câu 9 :

Choose the best answer to complete the following sentence :

Some authors are too.....to criticism.

A.

sensible

B.

sensational

C.

senseless

D.

sensitive

Câu 10

:

Read the following list of four words and choose one word that does not belong in the

list :

A.

Spell

B.

Pronounce

C.

Talk

D.

Listen

Câu 11

:

Choose the best answer to complete the following sentence :

Don’t touch that wire or you may get an electric......... .

A.

shock

B.

feeling

C.

attack

D.

current

Câu 12

:

Choose one sentence that has the same meaning as the root one :

Both Jane and her sister speak Vietnamese fluently.

A.

Jane speaks Vietnamese fluently and so does

her sister.

B.

Jane doesn’t speak Vietnamese as

fluently as her sister.

C.

Jane speaks Vietnamese more fluently than her

sister does.

D.

Jane speaks Vietnamese fluently but

her sister doesn’t.

Câu 13

:

Find a word which is pronounced differently in the part underlined:

A.

village

B.

manage

C.

stage

D.

baggage

Câu 14

:

There is a mistake in the four underlined part of the sentence. Find the mistakes (A, B, C, or

D) :

(A) My father’s motorbike is (B) using (C) too many gas (D) these days.

Câu 15

:

There is a mistake in the four underlined part of the sentence. Find the mistakes ( A, B, C, or

D) :

We (A) reached the (B) nearest village after (C) walk for (D) five hours.

Câu 16

:

Choose the word with the same meaning as the underlined part :

The company asked for additional information.

A.

certain

B.

emphatic

C.

necessary

D.

further

Câu 17

:

Choose the word with the same meaning as the underlined part :

I have’t seen your brother recently.

A.

lately

B.

immediately

C.

suddenly

D.

quietly

Read the passage below and choose the best answer for each space(from number 18 to 30):

A year with overseas volunteers

I was with Overseas Volunteers (OV) for a year after leaving university, and I was sent to an isolated

village in Chad, about 500 kilometers, from the capital. Coming from a rich country, I got quite a shock as

conditions were much harder than I had expected. But after a few days I soon got used to..(3)… there. The

people were always very friendly and helpful, and I soon began to appreciate how…(4)… the countryside was.

One of my job was to supply the village with water. The well was a long walk away, and the women

used to…(5) a long time every day..(6)..heavy pots backwards and forwards. So I contacted the organization

and arranged to…(7)..some pipes delivered. We built a simple pineline and a pump, and it worked first time. It

wasn’t perfect- there were a few..(8), but it made a great difference to the villagers, …(9) had never had

running water before. And not …(10)did we have running water, but in the evening it was hot, because the

pipe had been…..(11) in the sun all day.

All in all, I think my time with OV was a good experience. Although it was not well-paid, it was

well…(12)doing, and I would recommend it to anyone who was…(13) working for a charity.

Finally, there’s one more reason why I will never….(14) working for OV. A few months before I left, I

met and fell in love…(15)another volunteer, and we got married when we returned to England.

Câu 18. A. live

B. lived

C. living

D. lives

Câu 19. A. beautiful

B. good-looking

C. handsome

D. sweet

R

R

R

E

E

E

V

V

V

I

I

I

E

E

E

W

W

W

F

F

F

O

O

O

R

R

R

T

T

T

H

H

H

E

E

E

2

2

2

S

S

S

T

T

T

S

S

S

E

E

E

M

M

M

E

E

E

S

S

S

T

T

T

E

E

E

R

R

R

T

T

T

E

E

E

S

S

S

T

T

T

-

-

-

E

E

E

N

N

N

G

G

G

L

L

L

I

I

I

S

S

S

H

H

H

1

1

1

0

0

0

95

Câu 20. A. spend

B. spent

C. spends

D. spending

Câu 21. A. fetching

B. wearing

C. carrying

D. holding

Câu 22. A. make

B. let

C. have

D. allow

Câu 23. A. breaks

B. leaks

C. splits

D. punctures

Câu 24. A. which

B. that

C. they

D. who

Câu 25. A. hardly

B. scarcely

C. only

D. also

Câu 26. A. lied

B. lay

C. laying

D. lying

Câu 27. A. worth

B. value

C. cost

D. price

Câu 28. A. considering

B. thinking

C. going

D. planning

Câu 29. A. regret

B. feel sorry

C. miss

D. lose

Câu 30. A. at

B. to

C. for

D. with

Câu 31 : Choose one sentence that has the same meaning as the root one :

If he doesn’t promise to try harder, I won’t help him.

A.

If he promises to try harder, I will never help

him.

B.

If he promised to try harder, I wouldn’t help

him.

C.

Unless he doesn’t promise to try harder, I will

help him.

D.

Unless he promises to try harder, I will

never help him.

Câu 32

:

Choose the word that has the underlined part pronounced differently from the rest :

A.

sample

B.

sugar

C.

solar

D.

symbol

Câu 33

:

Choose the best answer to complete the following sentence :

Phong has worked in London for three years and he speaks English.........

A.

by well very now

B.

by very well now

C.

very by well now

D.

very well by now

Câu 34

:

Choose one sentence that has the same meaning as the root one :

Despite meeting a lot of difficulties, they finally went through the forest.

A.

Even though meeting a lot difficulties, they

finally went through the forest.

B.

In spite of the fact that meeting a lot of

difficulties, they finally went through the

forest

C.

Although they met a lot of difficulties, they

finally went through the forest.

D.

Though they met a lot of difficulties, but

they finally went through the forest.

Câu 35

:

Choose the best answer to complete the following sentence :

Can you give me a.......for a fruit cake.

A.

recipe

B.

prescription

C.

description

D.

receipt

Câu 36

:

Choose the best answer to complete the following sentence :

When I was turning out my cupboard I........this photograph of Uncle Ba

A.

came over

B.

came round

C.

came across

D.

came into

Câu 37:

Find a word which is pronounced differently in the part underlined

A.

superb

B.

suppose

C.

Support

D.

Supply

Câu 38

:

Choose the best answer to complete the following sentence :

The man......we met on tthe train was the headmaster.

A.

which

B.

where

C.

whom

D.

whose

Câu 39

:

Choose the best answer to complete the following sentence :

Our flat is very small. We wish we.......another bedroom.

A.

have had

B.

had

C.

will have

D.

have

Câu 40

:

There is a mistake in the four underlined part of the sentence. Find the mistakes ( A, B, C, or

D) :

(A)

It’s going to be (B) rainy in Tokyo, (C) that is the (D) capital city of Japan.

Read the passage below and choose the best answer for each question( from number 41 to 45):

Last year we had a nice holiday. My friend and I went to the seaside for a month. I had been to the

seaside several times before, but this was the first time for my friend. Naturally, it was a great event for

him. Finally, the days came. It was a fine morning. We got up very early because we wanted to leave

R

R

R

E

E

E

V

V

V

I

I

I

E

E

E

W

W

W

F

F

F

O

O

O

R

R

R

T

T

T

H

H

H

E

E

E

2

2

2

S

S

S

T

T

T

S

S

S

E

E

E

M

M

M

E

E

E

S

S

S

T

T

T

E

E

E

R

R

R

T

T

T

E

E

E

S

S

S

T

T

T

-

-

-

E

E

E

N

N

N

G

G

G

L

L

L

I

I

I

S

S

S

H

H

H

1

1

1

0

0

0

96

home after breakfast. We made the journey by car. We reached the seaside at noon. We spent many

hours on the beach. We enjoyed making castles and channels in the sand. People said we ought to spend

at least a few weeks at the seaside. If we could stay longer, so much the better.

Câu 41.How long did the writer and his friend spend at the seaside?

A. a week

B. a few weeks

C. a month

D. a few

months

Câu 42. Who went to the seaside the first time?

A. The writer

B. The writer’s friend C. The writer’s family D. The writer and his friend

Câu 43. What was the weather like on the day they started their journey to the seaside?

A. it was bad

B. It was rainy

C. it was snowy

D. It was good

Câu 44. How did they travel to the seaside?

A. by car

B. By train

C. by bus

D. By air

Câu 45. When did they reach the seaside?

A. at 9 a.m

B. at 12 o’clock

C. at 4 p. m

D. at 8 p. m

Câu 46 : Read the following list of four words and choose one word that does not belong in the list :

A.

sandals

B.

boots

C.

gloves

D.

shoes

Câu 47

:

Choose the word that has the underlined part pronounced differently from the rest :

A.

studious

B.

thunder

C.

public

D.

adult

Câu 48

:

Choose a word that has different stress pattern

A.

experiment

B.

government

C.

annoyance

D.

participate

Câu 49

:

Choose the best answer to complete the following sentence :

Mary has gone to the baker’s to buy a.........of bread.

A.

pound

B.

loaf

C.

packet

D.

bit

Câu 50

:

Choose one sentence that has different meaning to the root one :

The square clock costs $5. The round clock costs $7.

A.

The round clock is more expensive than the

square clock.

B.

The square clock is cheaper than the

round clock.

C.

The round clock costs less than the square

clock.

D.

The square clock doesn’t cost as much

as the round clock.

Câu 51

:

Choose the best answer to complete the following sentence :

Mr. Brown.......around the country if he saved enough money.

A.

will travel

B.

has traveled

C.

traveled

D.

would travel

Câu52 :

Choose the word with the same meaning as the underlined part :

The Vietnamese people workship their ancestors.

A.

fossils

B.

elders

C.

forefathers

D.

heirs

Câu 53

:

There is a mistake in the four underlined part of the sentence. Find the mistakes ( A, B, C, or

D) :

I (A) asked her (B) whether (C) was there a fridge (D) in the kitchen.

Câu 54

:

Choose the word with the same meaning as the underlined part :

We are very anxious about the result of the exam.

A.

careful

B.

careless

C.

excited

D.

worried

Câu 55

:

Choose one sentence that has different meaning to the root one :

You remembered to post the letter for me, didn’t you ?

A.

Did you remember to post the letter for me?

B.

You didn’t forget to post the letter for me, did

you?

C.

You forgot to post the letter for me, didn’t you?

D.

Didn’t you forget to post the letter for me?

Câu 56

:

Choose the best answer to complete the following sentence :

Lan is the........of the two girls.

A.

most pretty

B.

prettier

C.

pretty

D.

prettiest

Câu 57

Choose the best answer to complete the following sentence :

R

R

R

E

E

E

V

V

V

I

I

I

E

E

E

W

W

W

F

F

F

O

O

O

R

R

R

T

T

T

H

H

H

E

E

E

2

2

2

S

S

S

T

T

T

S

S

S

E

E

E

M

M

M

E

E

E

S

S

S

T

T

T

E

E

E

R

R

R

T

T

T

E

E

E

S

S

S

T

T

T

-

-

-

E

E

E

N

N

N

G

G

G

L

L

L

I

I

I

S

S

S

H

H

H

1

1

1

0

0

0

97

:

The teacher says, ‘The time is up’ .This means that the period of time has.........

A.

ended

B.

seemed long

C.

been interesting

D.

begun

Câu 58

:

Choose the best answer to complete the following sentence :

What are you cooking in that saucepan ? It........good.

A.

smells

B.

feels

C.

makes

D.

flavors

Câu 59

:

Choose a word that has different stress pattern

A.

representiative

B.

documentary

C.

satisfactory

D.

deforestation

Câu 60

:

Choose the word with the same meaning as the underlined part :

I think his story is completely incredible.

A.

unbelievable

B.

insufficient

C.

unimportant

D.

incomparable

Câu 1:

Choose the best answer to complete the following sentence :

Lan is the........of the two girls.

A.

most pretty

B.

pretty

C.

prettiest

D.

prettier

Câu 2:

Choose the best answer to complete the following sentence :

Mary has gone to the baker’s to buy a.........of bread.

A.

bit

B.

packet

C.

loaf

D.

pound

Câu 3:

There is a mistake in the four underlined part of the sentence. Find the mistakes ( A,B,C,

orD) :

(A) It’s going to be (B) rainy in Tokyo, (C) that is the (D) capital city of Japan.

Câu 4:

Choose the word that has the underlined part pronounced differently from the rest :

A.

thunder

B.

public

C.

studious

D.

adult

Câu 5:

Choose the best answer to complete the following sentence :

Phong has worked in London for three years and he speaks English.........

A.

by well very now

B.

very well by now

C.

by very well now

D.

very by well now

Câu 6:

Choose the best answer to complete the following sentence :

Our flat is very small. We wish we.......another bedroom.

A.

have had

B.

have

C.

had

D.

will have

Câu 7:

Choose one sentence that has different meaning to the root one :

You remembered to post the letter for me, didn’t you ?

A.

Did you remember to post the letter for me?

B.

Didn’t you forget to post the letter for me?

C.

You didn’t forget to post the letter for me, did

you?

D.

You forgot to post the letter for me, didn’t

you?

Read the passage below and choose the best answer for each space (from number 08 to 20):

A year with overseas volunteers

I was with Overseas Volunteers (OV) for a year after leaving university, and I was sent to an isolated

village in Chad, about 500 kilometers, from the capital. Coming from a rich country, I got quite a shock as

conditions were much harder than I had expected. But after a few days I soon got used to..(3)… there. The

people were always very friendly and helpful, and I soon began to appreciate how…(4)… the countryside was.

One of my job was to supply the village with water. The well was a long walk away, and the women

used to…(5) a long time every day..(6)..heavy pots backwards and forwards. So I contacted the organization

and arranged to…(7)..some pipes delivered. We built a simple pineline and a pump, and it worked first time. It

wasn’t perfect- there were a few..(8), but it made a great difference to the villagers, …(9) had never had

§Ò thi m«n tiÕng anh

(§Ò 4)

R

R

R

E

E

E

V

V

V

I

I

I

E

E

E

W

W

W

F

F

F

O

O

O

R

R

R

T

T

T

H

H

H

E

E

E

2

2

2

S

S

S

T

T

T

S

S

S

E

E

E

M

M

M

E

E

E

S

S

S

T

T

T

E

E

E

R

R

R

T

T

T

E

E

E

S

S

S

T

T

T

-

-

-

E

E

E

N

N

N

G

G

G

L

L

L

I

I

I

S

S

S

H

H

H

1

1

1

0

0

0

98

running water before. And not …(10)did we have running water, but in the evening it was hot, because the pipe

had been…..(11) in the sun all day.

All in all, I think my time with OV was a good experience. Although it was not well-paid, it was

well…(12)doing, and I would recommend it to anyone who was…(13) working for a charity.

Finally, there’s one more reason why I will never….(14) working for OV. A few months before I left, I

met and fell in love…(15)another volunteer, and we got married when we returned to England.

Câu 8. A. live

B. lived

C. living

D. lives

Câu 9. A. beautiful

B. good-looking

C. handsome

D. sweet

Câu 10. A. spend

B. spent

C. spends

D. spending

Câu 11. A. fetching

B. wearing

C. carrying

D. holding

Câu 12. A. make

B. let

C. have

D. allow

Câu 13. A. breaks

B. leaks

C. splits

D. punctures

Câu 14. A. which

B. that

C. they

D. who

Câu15. A. hardly

B. scarcely

C. only

D. also

Câu 16. A. lied

B. lay

C. laying

D. lying

Câu 17. A. worth

B. value

C. cost

D. price

Câu 18. A. considering

B. thinking

C. going

D. planning

Câu 19. A. regret

B. feel sorry

C. miss

D. lose

Câu 20. A. at

B. to

C. for

D. with

Read the passage below and choose the best answer for each question( from 21 to 25) :

Last year we had a nice holiday. My friend and I went to the seaside for a month. I had been to the

seaside several times before, but this was the first time for my friend. Naturally, it was a great event for him.

Finally, the days came. It was a fine morning. We got up very early because we wanted to leave home after

breakfast. We made the journey by car. We reached the seaside at noon. We spent many hours on the beach.

We enjoyed making castles and channels in the sand. People said we ought to spend at least a few weeks at the

seaside. If we could stay longer, so much the better.

Câu 21.How long did the writer and his friend spend at the seaside?

A. a week

B. a few weeks

C. a month

D. a few months

Câu 22. Who went to the seaside the first time?

A. The writer

B. The writer’s friend C. The writer’s family D. The writer and his friend

Câu 23. What was the weather like on the day they started their journey to the seaside?

A. it was bad

B. It was rainy

C. it was snowy

D. It was good

Câu 24. How did they travel to the seaside?

A. by car

B. By train

C. by bus

D. By air

Câu 25. When did they reach the seaside?

A. at 9 a.m

B. at 12 o’clock

C. at 4 p. m

D. at 8 p. m

Câu 26: Choose the best answer to complete the following sentence :

The teacher says, ‘The time is up’ .This means that the period of time has.........

A.

been interesting

B.

seemed long

C.

begun

D.

ended

Câu

27:

Find a word which is pronounced differently in the part underlined:

A.

baggage

B.

stage

C.

manage

D.

village

Câu

28:

There is a mistake in the four underlined part of the sentence. Find the mistakes (A,B, C,

orD) :

We (A) reached the (B) nearest village after (C) walk for (D) five hours.

Câu

29:

Choose one sentence that has the same meaning as the root one :

If he doesn’t promise to try harder, I won’t help him.

A.

If he promises to try harder, I will never help

him.

B.

Unless he promises to try harder, I will

never help him.

C.

Unless he doesn’t promise to try harder, I will

help him.

D.

If he promised to try harder, I wouldn’t

help him.

Câu30:

Choose the word with the same meaning as the underlined part :

R

R

R

E

E

E

V

V

V

I

I

I

E

E

E

W

W

W

F

F

F

O

O

O

R

R

R

T

T

T

H

H

H

E

E

E

2

2

2

S

S

S

T

T

T

S

S

S

E

E

E

M

M

M

E

E

E

S

S

S

T

T

T

E

E

E

R

R

R

T

T

T

E

E

E

S

S

S

T

T

T

-

-

-

E

E

E

N

N

N

G

G

G

L

L

L

I

I

I

S

S

S

H

H

H

1

1

1

0

0

0

99

After the alien spacecraft hovered over the park for a short while, it vanished.

A.

disappeared

B.

rose

C.

landed

D.

attacked

Câu

31:

Choose the best answer to complete the following sentence :

Don’t touch that wire or you may get an electric......... .

A.

shock

B.

current

C.

attack

D.

feeling

Câu

32:

Choose one sentence that has the same meaning as the root one :

Both Jane and her sister speak Vietnamese fluently.

A.

Jane doesn’t speak Vietnamese as fluently as

her sister.

B.

Jane speaks Vietnamese fluently and

so does her sister.

C.

Jane speaks Vietnamese more fluently than her

sister does.

D.

Jane speaks Vietnamese fluently but

her sister doesn’t.

Câu

33:

Choose the best answer to complete the following sentence :

To lack means to................

A.

be without

B.

be weak

C.

keep secret

D.

be with

Câu

34:

Find a word which is pronounced differently in the part underlined

A.

suppose

B.

Supply

C.

superb

D.

support

Câu

35:

Choose the word with the same meaning as the underlined part :

The Vietnamese people workship their ancestors.

A.

fossils

B.

elders

C.

heirs

D.

forefathers

Câu

36:

Choose the best answer to complete the following sentence :

If Mai comes to England, it will be a good........for her to improve her English.

A.

opportunity

B.

experience

C.

possibility

D.

advantage

Câu

37:

Choose one sentence that has the same meaning as the root one :

I don’t normally have coffee for breakfast.

A.

I am not used to having coffee for breakfast

B.

I used to have breakfast with coffee.

C.

I get used to having breakfast with coffee.

D.

I didn’t use to have coffee for

breakfast

Câu

38:

Choose the best answer to complete the following sentence :

What are you cooking in that saucepan ? It........good.

A.

makes

B.

flavors

C.

feels

D.

smells

Câu

39:

There is a mistake in the four underlined part of the sentence. Find the mistakes ( A,B,C,

orD) :

(A) My father’s motorbike is (B) using (C) too many gas (D) these days.

Câu

40:

Choose the word with the same meaning as the underlined part :

We are very anxious about the result of the exam.

A.

careful

B.

careless

C.

excited

D.

worried

Câu

41:

There is a mistake in the four underlined part of the sentence. Find the mistakes (A,B, C,

orD) :

If I (A) find some money (B) on the street, I’d (C) take it to the (D) police station.

Câu

42:

There is a mistake in the four underlined part of the sentence. Find the mistakes (A,B, C,

orD) :

I (A) asked her (B) whether (C) was there a fridge (D) in the kitchen.

Câu

43:

Choose the best answer to complete the following sentence :

Mr. Brown.......around the country if he saved enough money.

A.

will travel

B.

traveled

C.

has traveled

D.

would travel

Câu

44:

Choose the word with the same meaning as the underlined part :

I think his story is completely incredible.

A.

unimportant

B.

incomparable

C.

insufficient

D.

unbelievable

Câu

45:

Choose one sentence that has different meaning to the root one :

The picture is so high that she can’t reach it.

A.

She is such a tall girl that she can reach the picture.

B.

She is not tall enough to reach the picture.

R

R

R

E

E

E

V

V

V

I

I

I

E

E

E

W

W

W

F

F

F

O

O

O

R

R

R

T

T

T

H

H

H

E

E

E

2

2

2

S

S

S

T

T

T

S

S

S

E

E

E

M

M

M

E

E

E

S

S

S

T

T

T

E

E

E

R

R

R

T

T

T

E

E

E

S

S

S

T

T

T

-

-

-

E

E

E

N

N

N

G

G

G

L

L

L

I

I

I

S

S

S

H

H

H

1

1

1

0

0

0

100

C.

She is too short to reach the picture.

D.

The picture is too high for her to reach.

Câu

46:

Choose the word that has the underlined part pronounced differently from the rest :

A.

sample

B.

sugar

C.

solar

D.

symbol

Câu

47:

Choose the best answer to complete the following sentence :

Another word for baggage is.............

A.

luggage

B.

carriage

C.

equipment

D.

furniture

Câu

48:

Choose one sentence that has different meaning to the root one :

The square clock costs $5. The round clock costs $7.

A.

The round clock is more expensive than the

square clock.

B.

The square clock is cheaper than the

round clock.

C.

The round clock costs less than the square

clock.

D.

The square clock doesn’t cost as much

as the round clock.

Câu

49:

Choose the best answer to complete the following sentence :

Can you give me a.......for a fruit cake.

A.

prescription

B.

recipe

C.

description

D.

receipt

Câu

50:

Choose the best answer to complete the following sentence :

The High Street is so narrow that the Council have to.......it.

A.

widen

B.

extend

C.

increase

D.

lengthen

Câu

51:

Choose a word that has different stress pattern

A.

experiment

B.

annoyance

C.

government

D.

participate

Câu

52:

Read the following list of four words and choose one word that does not belong in the

list :

A.

boots

B.

shoes

C.

gloves

D.

sandals

Câu

53:

Choose the best answer to complete the following sentence :

The man......we met on tthe train was the headmaster.

A.

where

B.

which

C.

whom

D.

whose

Câu

54:

Read the following list of four words and choose one word that does not belong in the

list :

A.

Listen

B.

Spell

C.

Talk

D.

Pronounce

Câu

55:

Choose the best answer to complete the following sentence :

Some authors are too.....to criticism.

A.

sensitive

B.

sensational

C.

senseless

D.

sensible

Câu

56:

Choose one sentence that has the same meaning as the root one :

Despite meeting a lot of difficulties, they finally went through the forest.

A.

In spite of the fact that meeting a lot of

difficulties, they finally went through the forest

B.

Although they met a lot of difficulties,

they finally went through the forest.

C.

Even though meeting a lot difficulties, they

finally went through the forest.

D.

Though they met a lot of difficulties,

but they finally went through the forest.

Câu

57:

Choose a word that has different stress pattern

A.

documentary

B.

satisfactory

C.

representiative

D.

deforestation

Câu

58:

Choose the word with the same meaning as the underlined part :

The company asked for additional information.

A.

emphatic

B.

further

C.

necessary

D.

certain

Câu

59:

Choose the word with the same meaning as the underlined part :

I have’t seen your brother recently.

A.

immediately

B.

lately

C.

suddenly

D.

quietly

Câu

60:

Choose the best answer to complete the following sentence :

When I was turning out my cupboard I........this photograph of Uncle Ba

A.

came round

B.

came over

C.

came across

D.

came into

R

R

R

E

E

E

V

V

V

I

I

I

E

E

E

W

W

W

F

F

F

O

O

O

R

R

R

T

T

T

H

H

H

E

E

E

2

2

2

S

S

S

T

T

T

S

S

S

E

E

E

M

M

M

E

E

E

S

S

S

T

T

T

E

E

E

R

R

R

T

T

T

E

E

E

S

S

S

T

T

T

-

-

-

E

E

E

N

N

N

G

G

G

L

L

L

I

I

I

S

S

S

H

H

H

1

1

1

0

0

0

101

®¸p ¸n

(Dµnh cho gi¸m kh¶o)

M«n : tienganh

§Ò sè : 4

01

28

55

02

29

56

03

30

57

04

31

58

05

32

59

06

33

60

07

34

08

35

09

36

10

37

11

38

12

39

13

40

14

41

15

42

16

43

17

44

18

45

19

46

20

47

21

48

22

49

23

50

24

51

25

52

26

53

27

54

R

R

R

E

E

E

V

V

V

I

I

I

E

E

E

W

W

W

F

F

F

O

O

O

R

R

R

T

T

T

H

H

H

E

E

E

2

2

2

S

S

S

T

T

T

S

S

S

E

E

E

M

M

M

E

E

E

S

S

S

T

T

T

E

E

E

R

R

R

T

T

T

E

E

E

S

S

S

T

T

T

-

-

-

E

E

E

N

N

N

G

G

G

L

L

L

I

I

I

S

S

S

H

H

H

1

1

1

0

0

0

102

®¸p ¸n

(Dµnh cho gi¸m kh¶o)

M«n : tienganh

§Ò sè : 3

01

28

55

02

29

56

03

30

57

04

31

58

05

32

59

06

33

60

07

34

08

35

09

36

10

37

11

38

12

39

13

40

14

41

15

42

16

43

17

44

18

45

19

46

20

47

21

48

22

49

23

50

24

51

25

52

26

53

27

54

R

R

R

E

E

E

V

V

V

I

I

I

E

E

E

W

W

W

F

F

F

O

O

O

R

R

R

T

T

T

H

H

H

E

E

E

2

2

2

S

S

S

T

T

T

S

S

S

E

E

E

M

M

M

E

E

E

S

S

S

T

T

T

E

E

E

R

R

R

T

T

T

E

E

E

S

S

S

T

T

T

-

-

-

E

E

E

N

N

N

G

G

G

L

L

L

I

I

I

S

S

S

H

H

H

1

1

1

0

0

0

103

®¸p ¸n

(Dµnh cho gi¸m kh¶o)

M«n : tienganh

§Ò sè : 2

01

28

55

02

29

56

03

30

57

04

31

58

05

32

59

06

33

60

07

34

08

35

09

36

10

37

11

38

12

39

13

40

14

41

15

42

16

43

17

44

18

45

19

46

20

47

21

48

22

49

23

50

24

51

25

52

26

53

27

54

R

R

R

E

E

E

V

V

V

I

I

I

E

E

E

W

W

W

F

F

F

O

O

O

R

R

R

T

T

T

H

H

H

E

E

E

2

2

2

S

S

S

T

T

T

S

S

S

E

E

E

M

M

M

E

E

E

S

S

S

T

T

T

E

E

E

R

R

R

T

T

T

E

E

E

S

S

S

T

T

T

-

-

-

E

E

E

N

N

N

G

G

G

L

L

L

I

I

I

S

S

S

H

H

H

1

1

1

0

0

0

104

®¸p ¸n

(Dµnh cho gi¸m kh¶o)

M«n : tienganh

§Ò sè : 1

01

28

55

02

29

56

03

30

57

04

31

58

05

32

59

06

33

60

07

34

08

35

09

36

10

37

11

38

12

39

13

40

14

41

15

42

16

43

17

44

18

45

19

46

20

47

21

48

22

49

23

50

24

51

25

52

26

53

27

54

R

R

R

E

E

E

V

V

V

I

I

I

E

E

E

W

W

W

F

F

F

O

O

O

R

R

R

T

T

T

H

H

H

E

E

E

2

2

2

S

S

S

T

T

T

S

S

S

E

E

E

M

M

M

E

E

E

S

S

S

T

T

T

E

E

E

R

R

R

T

T

T

E

E

E

S

S

S

T

T

T

-

-

-

E

E

E

N

N

N

G

G

G

L

L

L

I

I

I

S

S

S

H

H

H

1

1

1

0

0

0

105

Së gd & ®t b¾c

giang

Tr­êng THPT Lôc

Ng¹n 4

®Ò thi chän häc sinh giái cÊp tr­êng

M«n: TiÕng Anh 10

(Thêi gian lµm bµi: 120 phót)

Full name:………………..

Mark:………………..

Class

………………..

I.

Chän tõ cã phÇn g¹ch ch©n ph¸t ©m kh¸c so víi c¸c tõ cßn l¹i b»ng c¸ch

khoanh trßn A, B, C or D

1. A. study

B. love

C. cousin

D. far

2. A. feat

B. seat

C. beat

D. great

3. A. foot

B. cook

C. school

D. look

4. A. landed

B. needed

C. started

D. opened

5. A. wife

B. live

C. file

D. nice

II. Chän tõ cã träng ©m chÝnh nhÊn vµo ©m tiÕt cã vÞ trÝ kh¸c so víi

c¸c tõ cßn l¹i b»ng c¸ch khoanh trßn A, B, C or D.

6. A. never

B. concern

C. sooner

D. wonder

7. A. science

B. training

C. atom

D. believe

8. A. sytem

B. keyboard

C. speaker

D. device

9. A. accident

B. direction

C. factory

D. hospital

10. A. attend

B. public

C. damage

D. practice

III. Chän ®¸p ¸n ®óng b»ng c¸ch khoanh trßn A, B, C or D.

11. Can we… .at the house and go to the party together?

A. see

B. meet

C. find

D. come

12. She occasionally… ..a book in the evening.

A. reading

B. read

C. reads

D. is reading

13. When he was small, he used to… . swimming with his father?

A. go

B. goes

C. going

D. is going

14. Local news… ..on TV every afternoon at 5 p.m

A. were

B. was

C. is

D. are

15. We started our trip… ..foot last week

A. at

B. on

`

C. from

D. by

16. Can you… .. me five pounds?

A. borrow

B.rent

C. lend

D. do

17. The children enjoy… . Football after school

A. played

B. playing

C. to play

D. play

18. For the past two years I… . a lot of things.

A. doing

B. do

C. have done

D. did

19. Do you know the lady… .. saved the boy?

A. which

B. what

C. whose

D. who

20. Last night, he didn’t… ..to the cinema.

A. go

B. goes

C. went

D. going

IV. Chia c¸c ®éng tõ trong ngoÆc sau.

21. It was a nice day, so we decided (go) for a walk.

………………....

22. He insisted on (do) the job himself.

………………...

23. Lan (sweep) the floor once aday

………………....

24. He (send) me a postcard two days ago.

………………....

25. More than 30 plays (perform) in New York since May.

………………....

26. By the time he arrived, all his classmates (have).

.………………...

27. Look at the black clouds. It (rain).

………………....

28. What time you (go) to bed yesterday?

………………....

29. She (swim) in the river at the moment.

……………….....

R

R

R

E

E

E

V

V

V

I

I

I

E

E

E

W

W

W

F

F

F

O

O

O

R

R

R

T

T

T

H

H

H

E

E

E

2

2

2

S

S

S

T

T

T

S

S

S

E

E

E

M

M

M

E

E

E

S

S

S

T

T

T

E

E

E

R

R

R

T

T

T

E

E

E

S

S

S

T

T

T

-

-

-

E

E

E

N

N

N

G

G

G

L

L

L

I

I

I

S

S

S

H

H

H

1

1

1

0

0

0

106

30. Peter (just, come) here.

………………...

V. Cho d¹ng ®óng cña tõ trong ngoÆc.

31. There are a lot of (different) between the North and the South of VN.

…………………………………………………..

32. She was so (beauty) that everyone likes looking at her.

…………………………………………………..

33. It is (possible) for the children under 18 years old to ride a motorbike.

…………………………………………………..

34. A computer can speed up a lot of (calculate) such as add, subtract, multiply ….

………………………………………………….

35.

He is ( interest) in collecting stamps

…………………………………………………..

VI. T×m vµ söa lçi sai trong c¸c Câu sau. Mçi Câu cã 1 lçi.

36. Much people agree that we should protect the environment

…………………………………………………..

37. Nam has passed his examinations with high marks, that makes us surprised.

…………………………………………………..

38. I rarely eat ice-cream now, but I use to eat when I was small.

…………………………………………………..

39. The disableds should be cared for by others

…………………………………………………..

40. Why did Peter got angry with Mary lastnight ?

…………………………………………………..

VII. §iÒn 1 tõ thÝch hîp vµo chç trèng b»ng c¸ch chän c¸c ®¸p ¸n sau:

Computers Night To information From

Learn Perfect Second Is Same

Computers are helpful in many ways. First, they are fast. They can work with information much more

quickly than a person. (41)… .computers can work with lots of information at the (42)… ..time. Third, they

can keep (43)… .for a long time. They do not forget things the way (44)… .do. Also, computers are

almost always correct. They are not (45)… .of course, but they don’t usually make mistakes. These days, it

(46)… important to know something about computers. There are a number of ways to (47)… ..Some

companies have classes at work. Also most universities offer day and (48)… ..courses in computer science.

Another way to learn is (49)… . A book. There are many books about computers in bookstores and

libraries. Or you can learn from a friend. After a few hours of practice you can work with (50)… . You

may not be an expert, but you can have fun.

41………………..

45………………...

48………………...

42………………..

46………………...

49………………...

43………………...

47………………...

50………………...

44………………..

VIII. §äc kü ®o¹n v¨n sau vµ x¸c ®Þnh c¸c Câu bªn d­íi lµ ®óng (T) hay

sai (F

)

When I was younger, I hated being the oldest child and the only girl in my family. But now that I

am older, I realize that being “Big Sister” actually has its advantages. First of all, I get special treatment

from my parents and brothers. I get my own room, and brothers have to do all the heavy work around the

house. Another benefit is that, being the oldest, I have learned to be responsible and dependable. For

example, my parents often leave my brothers in my care when they go out. I also try my best in whatever I

do in order to be a good example for my brothers. The experience I’ve had in taking care of my brothers

R

R

R

E

E

E

V

V

V

I

I

I

E

E

E

W

W

W

F

F

F

O

O

O

R

R

R

T

T

T

H

H

H

E

E

E

2

2

2

S

S

S

T

T

T

S

S

S

E

E

E

M

M

M

E

E

E

S

S

S

T

T

T

E

E

E

R

R

R

T

T

T

E

E

E

S

S

S

T

T

T

-

-

-

E

E

E

N

N

N

G

G

G

L

L

L

I

I

I

S

S

S

H

H

H

1

1

1

0

0

0

107

has prepared me for my own family in the future. So, even though I didn’t choose to be the oldest child and

the only girl in my family, I have succeeded in making this situation work to my best advantages

T or F statements?

51/ … When the writer was small, she disliked being the youngest child in her family

52/… . “ Big Sister” means the oldest sister.

53/… Being “Big Sister” helped the writer be responsible and dependable.

54/… The writer often looks after her brothers when her parents go out.

55/… When the writer grows up, she realises that being “ Big Sister” is enjoyable.

IX. Dïng tõ gîi ý viÕt Câu hoµn chØnh.

56.

Last year/ Lam/ send/ me / 3 postcards.

…………………………………………………..

57.

My/ father/ always/ have/ a cup of tea/ breakfast.

…………………………………………………..

58.

My cousin/ interested in/ join/ the English club.

…………………………………………………..

59.

Albert Einstein/ born/ March 14

th

1879/ the Germany.

…………………………………………………..

60.

Before/ I/ go to bed/ I/ turn off/ all the lights/ last night.

…………………………………………………..

X. §Æt Câu hái cho c¸c tõ g¹ch ch©n sau:

61. Mary often gets up at 6.30 p.m

…………………………………………………..

62. He used to go fishing with his friends when he was younger.

…………………………………………………..

63. She went to the cinema lastnight.

…………………………………………………..

64. Now Mai’s father is over fifty years old.

…………………………………………………..

..

65. Lan is writing a letter to her boyfriend at the moment.

…………………………………………………..

.

= = = The end = = =

Good luck to my students

R

R

R

E

E

E

V

V

V

I

I

I

E

E

E

W

W

W

F

F

F

O

O

O

R

R

R

T

T

T

H

H

H

E

E

E

2

2

2

S

S

S

T

T

T

S

S

S

E

E

E

M

M

M

E

E

E

S

S

S

T

T

T

E

E

E

R

R

R

T

T

T

E

E

E

S

S

S

T

T

T

-

-

-

E

E

E

N

N

N

G

G

G

L

L

L

I

I

I

S

S

S

H

H

H

1

1

1

0

0

0

108

SỞ GIÁO DỤC ĐÀO TẠO HẢI PHÒNG CỘNG HÒA XÃ HỘI CHỦ NGHĨA VIỆT NAM

TRƯỜNG THPT TOÀN THẮNG Độc lập - Tự do - Hạnh phúc

ĐỀ THI CHỌN HỌC SINH GIỎI LỚP 10 NĂM HỌC 2009 – 2010

Thời gian 90 phut không kể thời gian giao đề

Họ tên học sinh Lớp

Người chấm thi Điểm của bài thi Số phách

I. Circle your choice A, B, C or D before the word whose underlined part is pronounced differently from

the rest. (10 points)

1

A

season

B

feature

C

increase

D

threaten

2

A

necessary

B

approach

C

language

D

American

3

A

nearby

B

difficulty

C

healthy

D

documentary

4

A

university

B

use

C

understand

D

student

5

A

smoke

B

home

C

photo

D

fog

6

A

accept

B

accurate

C

success

D

accident

7

A

further

B

furniture

C

purity

D

surgery

8

A

importance

B

difficulty

C

desire

D

determination

9

A

question

B

expectation

C

investigation

D

occupation

10

A

prepare

B

receive

C

expect

D

end

II. Circle your choice A, B, C or D before the best answer to complete each sentence. (20 points)

1. He showed us the house....................he was born.

A. which

B. where

C. in where

D. in that

2. Mr. Smith was....................in a road accident.

A. dropped

B. wounded

C. injured

D. damaged

3. You can’t leave the country....................a passport.

A. no

B. without

C. if not

D. unless

4. New York is famous....................it skyscrapers.

A. as

B. with

C. for

D. of

5. The cost of the hotel room doesn’t usually....................the price of breakfast.

A. include

B. add

C. contain

D. share

6. If you want to have a pet, you must be ready to....................care of it for several years.

A. have

B. take

C. look

D. need

7. If I were you, ....................buy this house.

A. I’d

B. I’ll

C. I’d have

D. I

8. The villa is conveniently .................... about a mile from the shopping center.

A. stationed

B. placed

C. located

D. put

9. The first National Park was....................two years ago.

A. set

B. established

C. located

D. stationed

10. If I hadn’t drunk so much coffee, I....................better.

A. would have slept

B. slept

C. will sleep

D. sleep

11. The park has changed so much that I cannot....................

R

R

R

E

E

E

V

V

V

I

I

I

E

E

E

W

W

W

F

F

F

O

O

O

R

R

R

T

T

T

H

H

H

E

E

E

2

2

2

S

S

S

T

T

T

S

S

S

E

E

E

M

M

M

E

E

E

S

S

S

T

T

T

E

E

E

R

R

R

T

T

T

E

E

E

S

S

S

T

T

T

-

-

-

E

E

E

N

N

N

G

G

G

L

L

L

I

I

I

S

S

S

H

H

H

1

1

1

0

0

0

109

A. realize

B. recognise

C. identify

D. notice

12. We enjoy....................to classical music.

A. to listen

B. listening

C. listen

D. listened

13. The Eiffel Tower is still ...............man-made structures in the world.

A. a very high one B. highest one

C. the higher one

D. one of the highest

14. The park...............hundred of species of endangered animals.

A. contains

B. consists

C. composes

D. holds

15. Is modern English different ....................old English?

A. from

B. of

C. in

D. on

16. Do you know who ................... the washing machine?

A. discovered

B. invented

C. founded

D. realized

17. What books ................................Mark Twain's best works?

A. considered

B. consider

C. are considering

D. are considered

18. It’s essential to....................the environment.

A. care

B. protect

C. prevent

D. restrict

19. Trees, grasses and other plant life......... an important part in the natural circulation of water

and thus help conserve it.

A. make

B. play

C. keep

D. have

20. He asked me ......................... the book I borrowed from the library .

A. if I found

B. if I had found

.

C. whether I have found

D. whether I found

III. Choose the underlined part (A, B, C or D) that is incorrect. (10 points)

1 He invited me to having dinner with him and his family.

A

B

C

D

2. This is the school at which Uncle Ho used to studying when he was young.

A

B

C

D

3. Alike her elder sister, Jane prefers working as a model.

A

B

C D

4. Tom apologized to the postman for being unpolite to him.

A B

C

D

5. If the question were not so difficult I will be able to answer it.

A

B

C

D

6. He didn't get the job despite of his experience in the field.

A

B

C

D

7. He practises speaking English every day in order to he can speak it fluently

A

B

C

D

8. If I were you, I didn't buy that old building

A

B C D

9. His father was quite satisfied about his success.

A

B

C

D

10. The teacher asked her weather she knew how to solve the problem.

A

B

C

D

IV. Read the following passages and circle the best answer A, B, C or D. ( 20 points)

Passage A:

English has for more than a century and a half (1) ________ called a world language. The number of

R

R

R

E

E

E

V

V

V

I

I

I

E

E

E

W

W

W

F

F

F

O

O

O

R

R

R

T

T

T

H

H

H

E

E

E

2

2

2

S

S

S

T

T

T

S

S

S

E

E

E

M

M

M

E

E

E

S

S

S

T

T

T

E

E

E

R

R

R

T

T

T

E

E

E

S

S

S

T

T

T

-

-

-

E

E

E

N

N

N

G

G

G

L

L

L

I

I

I

S

S

S

H

H

H

1

1

1

0

0

0

110

people who speak it as their mother tongue, has been estimated at between three hundred million (2)

________ four hundred million. It is recognised as an (3) ________ language in countries (4) ________

1.5 ....................... billion people live. In China, the importance (5) ________

to

learning

English

is

such that a televised teaching course drew audiences of (6) ________ to 100 million. But this spread of

English throughout the world is relatively recent. In the late sixteenth century English was spoken by just

(7) ________ five million people. The arrival of English in North America was the key step in its (8)

________ expansion. The United States is a huge commercial market and this has tended to promote the

English language in many (9) ________ nations. About eighty per cent of the data stored on the world ‘s

computers is believed (10) ________ in English and nowadays insufficient knowledge of English can be a

problem in businesses.

1

A

being

B

been

C

is

D

be

2

A

to

B

or

C

and

D

with

3

A

official

B

office

C

original

D

main

4

A

which

B

who

C

that

D

where

5

A

attached

B

attaching

C

attach

D

which attach

6

A

having

B

on

C

up

D

down

7

A

below

B

beneath

C

less

D

under

8

A

nation– wide

B

world – wide

C

country – wide

D

world– through

9

A

others

B

another

C

other

D

various

10

A

is

B

to be

C

being

D

that

Passage B:

Revising for exams is not as easy as it looks. You will need to work out which routine suits you best, and

(1) _______ stick to it. Some people like studying at night when it's quiet, whereas others find the early

morning is a (2) _______ time to get things done. You might enjoy (3) _______ to music while you revise,

but this can be unhelpful. Can you really concentrate (4) _______two things at once? So think (5)

_______you turn your radio on!

.

Your

diet

is

also

important

while

you

are

revising.

This

may

be

a

more

than

usually

(6)_______period of your life, when you should take extra care to eat properly. No missed meals, no junk

food, or endless cups of coffee! Get plenty of exercise as well. If you've got fed up with (7) _______ you're

doing, or find it hard to concentrate, go for a walk to clear your head. (8)_______exercise will help to keep

your body fit and your brain working (9) _______ Finally, you also (10) _______to take time off. Go out

occasionally, see your friends, make time to relax. Then you will return to your studies fresh and full of

enthusiasm!

1

A

then

B

than

C

after

D

often

2

A

best

B

good

C

worse

D

well

3

A

to listen

B

having listened

C

listen

D

listening

4

A

on

B

in

C

of

D

for

5

A

unless

B

if

C

before

D

after

6

A

stressy

B

stressed

C

stressing

D

stressful

7

A

which

B

what

C

that

D

who

8

A

Strongly

B

Every

C

Regular

D

Always

9

A

well

B

energetic

C

good

D

correct

10

A

must

B

should

C

need

D

may

V. Circle the sentence A, B, C or D nearest in meaning to the original sentence. (10 points)

1. She can't possibly stay up to finish her homework tonight.

R

R

R

E

E

E

V

V

V

I

I

I

E

E

E

W

W

W

F

F

F

O

O

O

R

R

R

T

T

T

H

H

H

E

E

E

2

2

2

S

S

S

T

T

T

S

S

S

E

E

E

M

M

M

E

E

E

S

S

S

T

T

T

E

E

E

R

R

R

T

T

T

E

E

E

S

S

S

T

T

T

-

-

-

E

E

E

N

N

N

G

G

G

L

L

L

I

I

I

S

S

S

H

H

H

1

1

1

0

0

0

111

A. She can't do her homework tonight.

B. It is absolutely possible of her to stay up to finish her homework tonight.

C. She can't possibly get up to finish her assignment tonight.

D. It is impossible for her to stay up to finish her homework tonight.

2. Can you tell me her address?

.

A. Do you know what is her address?

B. You know what is her address?

C. Do you know what her address is?

D. Can you know her address?

3. People believe that there will be severe earthquakes and tidal waves next year.

A. It is believed that severe earthquakes and tidal waves will have happened next year.

B. It is our belief that their will be severe earthquakes and tidal waves next year.

C. It is believed that there will be severe earthquakes and tidal waves next year.

D. Our belief is that there will be severe earthquakes and tidal waves next year. .

4. Don't forget to turn off the light before you go to bed.

A. Don't forget to make the light off before you go to bed.

B. Remember making the light off before bedtime.

C. Don't forget to switch the light before bedtime.

D. Remember to switch off the light before you go to bed.

5. ''You stole my bicycle!" his neighbour said.

A. His neighbour told him to steal her bicycle.

B. His neighbour thought that he stole her bicycle.

C. His neighbour accused him of having stolen her bicycle.

D. His neighbour accused him to have stolen her bicycle.

VI. Complete each of the unfinished sentences in such a way that it has the same meaning as the

sentence beforw it. (30 points)

1. He can do it better than his friends.

His friends ................................................................................................................................................

2. She didn't say a word as she left the room.

She left the room ......................................................................................................................................

3. That is the most shocking story I have ever heard.

I have .......................................................................................................................................................

4. He got to the station late and missed the train.

By the time ..............................................................................................................................................

5. I'm trying to eat fewer fatty foods.

I'm trying to cut ........................................................................................................................................

6. The school was founded ten years ago.

It is ten ......................................................................................................................................................

7. So far I have written ten pages of my letter.

I am .........................................................................................................................................................

8. " Let 's go for a walk in the park," said Andrew

Andrew suggested that ........................................................................................................................

9. His second attempt on the world record was successful.

He broke ................................................................................................................................................

10. I 'm sure he doesn't know that his brother is seriously ill.

He couldn't ...............................................................................................................................

R

R

R

E

E

E

V

V

V

I

I

I

E

E

E

W

W

W

F

F

F

O

O

O

R

R

R

T

T

T

H

H

H

E

E

E

2

2

2

S

S

S

T

T

T

S

S

S

E

E

E

M

M

M

E

E

E

S

S

S

T

T

T

E

E

E

R

R

R

T

T

T

E

E

E

S

S

S

T

T

T

-

-

-

E

E

E

N

N

N

G

G

G

L

L

L

I

I

I

S

S

S

H

H

H

1

1

1

0

0

0

112

THE END

R

R

R

E

E

E

V

V

V

I

I

I

E

E

E

W

W

W

F

F

F

O

O

O

R

R

R

T

T

T

H

H

H

E

E

E

2

2

2

S

S

S

T

T

T

S

S

S

E

E

E

M

M

M

E

E

E

S

S

S

T

T

T

E

E

E

R

R

R

T

T

T

E

E

E

S

S

S

T

T

T

-

-

-

E

E

E

N

N

N

G

G

G

L

L

L

I

I

I

S

S

S

H

H

H

1

1

1

0

0

0

113

ĐÁP ÁN

ĐỀ THI CHỌN HỌC SINH GIỎI LỚP 10 NĂM HỌC 2009 – 2010

I. Circle your choice A, B, C or D before the word whose underlined part is pronounced differently

from the rest. (10 points)

1D

2C

3A

4C

5D

6B

7C

8C

9A

10D

II. Circle your choice A, B, C or D before the best answer to complete each sentence. (20 points)

1B

2C

3B

4C

5A

6B

7A

8C

9B

10A

11B

12B

13D

14A

15A

16B

17D

18B

19B

20B

III. Choose the underlined part (A, B, C or D) that is incorrect. (10 points)

1B

2C

3A

4D

5C

6B

7B

8B

9C

10B

IV. Read the 3 following passages and circle the best answer A, B, C or D. ( 20 points)

Passage A:

1. B

2. C

3. A

4. D

5. A

6. C

7. D

8. B

9. C

10. B

Passage B:

1. A

2. B

3. D

4. A

5. C

6. D

7. B

8. C

9. A

10. C

V. Circle the sentence A, B, C or D nearest in meaning to the original sentence. (10 points)

1D

2C

3C

4D

5C

VI. Complete each of the unfinished sentences in such a way that it has the same meaning as the

sentence beforw it. (30 points)

1. His friends can't do it as well as he.

2. She left the room without saying a word.

3. I have never heard such a shocking story.

4. By the time I got to the station, the train had left.

5. I'm trying to cut down on fatty foods.

6.. It is ten years since the school was founded.

7. I am on the tenth page of the letter I’m writing

8. Andrew suggested that they/we should go for a walk in the park.

9. He broke the world record at / on his second attempt.

10. He can't have known that his brother is seriously ill.

R

R

R

E

E

E

V

V

V

I

I

I

E

E

E

W

W

W

F

F

F

O

O

O

R

R

R

T

T

T

H

H

H

E

E

E

2

2

2

S

S

S

T

T

T

S

S

S

E

E

E

M

M

M

E

E

E

S

S

S

T

T

T

E

E

E

R

R

R

T

T

T

E

E

E

S

S

S

T

T

T

-

-

-

E

E

E

N

N

N

G

G

G

L

L

L

I

I

I

S

S

S

H

H

H

1

1

1

0

0

0

114

SỞ GD & ĐT THÁI BÌNH

TRƯỜNG THPT TÂY THỤY ANH

ĐỀ THI KHẢO SÁT HỌC SINH GIỎI TRƯỜNG

THỜI GIAN : 60’

Mã đề thi 452

Họ, tên học sinh:..........................................................................

Số báo danh:............................................

Part 1: Phonetics

Choose the word which has the underlined part pronounced differently from the rest.

1.

A. species

B. polute

C. accept

D. receipt

2.

A. sky

B. fly

C. cry

D. hydroelectric

3.

A. found

B. house

C. lound

D. fought

4.

A. wrong

B. boss

C. doctor

D. sport

5.

A. lamb

B. club

C. daubt

D. bomber

Part 2: Vocabulary

Choose the best opotion. Mark your choice on the answer sheet.

6. Whales and dolphins both make ........ which in some ways are similar to a language.

A. sighs

B. symbols

C. sounds

D. signals

7. There is so .......... on the road nowadays.

A. many cars

B. much traffic

C. much motorbikes

D. many bikes

8. Let's go for a walk, .....................?

A. do you

B. don't you

C. shall we

D. do we

9. He failed the exams ........... his lazinees.

A. because of

B. although

C. because

D. though

10. Martin Lether King ...... a famous speech " I have a dream" in 1963.

A. did

B. made

C. had made

D. had done

11. The government is responsible for the ........ of health care.

A. provision

B. providedly

C. provided

D. providing

12. Hanoi National University was ......... one hundred years ago.

A. established

B. begun

C. organized

D. appeared

13. We are now facing with the problem of ........... .

A. destruction

B. deforestation

C. ferestation

D. deforest

14. Many people were killed in the plane crash. The bodies of ......... were taken away; .......were taken to

hospital.

A. the die - the injured

B. the dead - the injured

C. the dead - the injury

D. the death - the

injury

15. ....... fertilizer is used very commonly in growing crops.

A. Chemic

B. Chemist

C. Chemistry

D. Chemical

Part 3: Grammar

Choose the best opotion. Mark your choice on the answer sheet.

16. This book was written by a well-known writer. It is worth ............

A. have read

B. reading

C. read

D. to read

17. The police ....... for two men who ........ getting into a black car near the bank at about 1 o'clock last

night.

A. are looking - were seen B. had looked - were seen

C. are looking - saw

D. have looked - saw

18. A: Would you like me to collect you? - B: .............................................................. .

A. I'd love to

B. Not at all

C. No, I wouldn't

D. Yes, I like

19. You ......... whisper. Nobody can hear us.

A. needn't to

B. need to

C. musn't

D. don't have to

20. .......... you, I would think twice about that decision. It could be bad move.

A. If I am

B. Were I

C. If I had been

D. Should I be

R

R

R

E

E

E

V

V

V

I

I

I

E

E

E

W

W

W

F

F

F

O

O

O

R

R

R

T

T

T

H

H

H

E

E

E

2

2

2

S

S

S

T

T

T

S

S

S

E

E

E

M

M

M

E

E

E

S

S

S

T

T

T

E

E

E

R

R

R

T

T

T

E

E

E

S

S

S

T

T

T

-

-

-

E

E

E

N

N

N

G

G

G

L

L

L

I

I

I

S

S

S

H

H

H

1

1

1

0

0

0

115

21. Whalses and sharks are carnivores, ....... means they eat meat.

A. this

B. it

C. that

D. which

22. Only in this house .......... safe and secure.

A. feed I

B. I feed

C. I do feel

D. do I feed

23. " This phone doesn't work". - " ..................................".

A. Neither does this one.

B. So does this one.

C. This one does, either. D c. This one

does, too.

24. She said she was afraid of .......... by the strong wind.

A. being taken away

B. taking away

C. took away

D. being take away

25. We had a French architect ......... our villa.

A. designing

B. designed

C. to design

D. design

26. Two weeks ......... too long for me to wait.

A. were

B. have

C. are

D. is

27. Hurry! The next bus ......... at 7.15.

A. leaves

B. leave

C. will leave

D. is leaving

28. Jim wanted to know ....... call and tell him where to meet you.

A. if you could

B. you could

C. when you could

D. whether you can

29. My friends are talking about the wring competition ........ I took part last week.

A. in which

B. by which

C. on which

D. of which

30. He is beleived ............ by terrorists two months ago.

A. had been killed

B. to be killed

C. to have been killed

D. was kiied

Part 4: Reading

A. Complete the blank with suitable words among a,b,c, or d.

Forest has always been important to people. In the past, many people got food by ......(31) forest

animals and gathering with wild plants. With the ........... (32) of civilization, fewer people now live .........

(33) forests, but forests are ........... (34) valuable than ever. Forests have an important economic value

.............. (35) they provide us with resource ............(36) timber. Forests are vital to the enviroment ............

(37) they clean the air we breathe. Forests are also treasured ............ (38) their beauty.

31. A. hunting

B. looking

C. taking

D. having

32. A. advance

B. advantage

C. hope

D. light

33. A. with

B. at

C. on

D. in

34. A. fewer

B. few

C. more

D. less

35. A. because

B. but

C. though

D. even

36. A. such as

B. within

C. with

D. such

37. A. but

B. despite

C. inspite

D. because

38. A. for

B. with

C. in

D. at

B. Read the passage carefully, then choose the correct answers.

We are all slowly destroying the earth. The seas and rivers are too dirty to swim in. There is so much

smoke in the air that it is unhealthy to live in many of the world’s cities. In one well-known city, for

example, poisonous gases from cars pollute the air so much that traffic policemen have to wear oxygen

masks.

We have cut down so many trees that there are now vast areas of waste-land all over the world. As a

result, farmers in parts of Africa cannot grow enough to eat. In certain countries in Asia there is too little

rice. Moreover, we do not take enough care of the countryside. Wild animals are quickly disappearing. For

instant, tigers are rare in India now because we have killed too many for them to survive. However, it isn’t

enough simply to talk about the problem. We must act now before it is too late to do anything about it. Join

us now. Save the Earth. This is too important to ignore.

39. In one well-known city, traffic policemen have to wear oxygen masks _____.

A. in order to protect themselves from being injured B. because there are so many cars on the streets

C. because of air pollution

D. in spite of poisonous gases

40. Smoke _____.

A. causes an healthy life

B. makes life in big cities difficult

C. is harmful to health

D. is full of the big cities

R

R

R

E

E

E

V

V

V

I

I

I

E

E

E

W

W

W

F

F

F

O

O

O

R

R

R

T

T

T

H

H

H

E

E

E

2

2

2

S

S

S

T

T

T

S

S

S

E

E

E

M

M

M

E

E

E

S

S

S

T

T

T

E

E

E

R

R

R

T

T

T

E

E

E

S

S

S

T

T

T

-

-

-

E

E

E

N

N

N

G

G

G

L

L

L

I

I

I

S

S

S

H

H

H

1

1

1

0

0

0

116

41. Why do farmers in parts of Africa and Asia not grow enough to eat ?

A. Because people cut down many trees

B. Because there are large areas of land that cannot be used

C. Because many trees have been planted

D. Because there is too little rice

42. The seas and rivers nowadays _____.

A. are dirty enough to swim in

B. are contaminated

C. are less dirty than they used to be

D. cannot be swum in

43. Wild animals are _____.

A. killed so many that they cannot live in the forests

B. in danger of

extinction

C. being protected from natural environment

D. so rare that they cannot survive

44. What’s the best title for the passage ?

A. The Environment

B. Conservation

C. Protect the Nature!

D. Save the Earth!

Part 5: Writing

Choose the best opotion. Mark your choice on the answer sheet.

45. We couldn't drive because of the fog.

A. Because the fog we couldn't go on driving.

B. The fog prevented us out of driving.

C. The fog stopped us into driving.

D. The fog prevented us from driving.

46. remember/ lock/ door/ go out.

A. Remember locking the door before going out.

B. Remember to lock the door before going out.

C. You remember to lock the doot before you go out.

D. Remember to lock

the door before you going out.

47. Why don't you ask Jack for his advice?

A. He asked Jack for his advice.

B. Jack was asked for his advice.

C. Jack shouldn't ask Jack for his advice.

D. You should ake Jack for his advice.

48. People are not allowed to enter the park after midnight because lack of security.

A. because

B. to enter

C. after

D. of

49. I'd rather to stay at home than go out at weekends.

A. I'd

B. go out

C. to stay

D. weekends

50 . John's mother thought that chocolates were bad to him.

A. him

B. to

C. chocolates

D. John's

SỞ GIÁO DỤC VÀ ĐÀO TẠO HẬU GIANG

TRƯỜNG THPT CHUYÊN VỊ THANH

KỲ THI OLYMPIC TRUYỀN THỐNG 30 - 4 LẦN THỨ XVI

ĐỀ THI ĐỀ NGHỊ MÔN:TIẾNG ANH; LỚP :10

QUESTION I.: (10 points)

A. Identify the word that has the underlined part pronounced differently from that of the other words

in the group.

1. A. experience

B. expensive

C. exhausted

D. exclusive

2. A. vision

B. measure

C .usually

D. pleasant

3. A. clean

B. death

C. head

D. heavy

4. A. dinosaur

B. launch

C. nausea

D. laurel

5. A. equation

B. education C. contribution

D. nomination

B. Identify the word whose stress pattern is different from that of the other words in the same group.

1.

A. trigonometry

B. explanatory

C. immediately

D. democracy

2.

A. legislature

B. repository

C. magnificent

D. mistake

3.

A. argumentativeB. psychological

C. contributory

D. hypersensitive

R

R

R

E

E

E

V

V

V

I

I

I

E

E

E

W

W

W

F

F

F

O

O

O

R

R

R

T

T

T

H

H

H

E

E

E

2

2

2

S

S

S

T

T

T

S

S

S

E

E

E

M

M

M

E

E

E

S

S

S

T

T

T

E

E

E

R

R

R

T

T

T

E

E

E

S

S

S

T

T

T

-

-

-

E

E

E

N

N

N

G

G

G

L

L

L

I

I

I

S

S

S

H

H

H

1

1

1

0

0

0

117

4.

A. photograph

B. payroll

C. accent

D. regretful

5.

A. majority

B. ceremony

C. astronomy

D. investiture

QUESTION1

A. PHONETIC

1.C

2.A

3.A

4.B

5.A

B. STRESS

1. A

2. A

3. C

4. D

5. B

R

R

R

E

E

E

V

V

V

I

I

I

E

E

E

W

W

W

F

F

F

O

O

O

R

R

R

T

T

T

H

H

H

E

E

E

2

2

2

S

S

S

T

T

T

S

S

S

E

E

E

M

M

M

E

E

E

S

S

S

T

T

T

E

E

E

R

R

R

T

T

T

E

E

E

S

S

S

T

T

T

-

-

-

E

E

E

N

N

N

G

G

G

L

L

L

I

I

I

S

S

S

H

H

H

1

1

1

0

0

0

118

QUESTION II. :Reading ( 40 points)

A. Read the passage and choose the correct answer for the following questions:

On the tiny island of Flores, east of Bali and midway between Asia and Australia, the scientists have

discovered the remain of a small, hobbit-like species of humans. These people grew no larger than the

modern three-year-old child. They lived about 18,000 years ago and are completely different species of

human.

[1] This remarkable discovery shows that the human species is more varied and flexible in its ability

to adapt than previously thought. These hobbit-like people join a short list of other type of human.[2]

[3] The researchers believe that these hobbits evolved from a normal size, human population that

reached Flores around 840,000 years ago. [4] One likely explanation is that, over thousands of years, the

species became smaller because the environmental conditions favored a smaller body size. The dwarfing

of mammals on islands occurs frequently. Islands limit food supply and predators and species compete

for the same environmental space. Survival would depend on minimizing energy requirements.

1.

Which is the main topic of this passage?

A.

the discoveries of a hobbit-like species of human and its significance.

B.

the reason for the dwarfing of mammals

C.

detailed information about the features of a different species of human

D.

a fictitious character in world history

2.

What makes this discovery so significant?

A.

It shows that hobbits may have existed.

B.

It shows that human can change a great deal according to the demands of the

environment.

C.

It shows that humans do not need a lot of different foods.

D.

This shows that small islands are good place for smaller species

3.

The word “remain” in the passage is closest in meaning to

A.

fossils

B.

pictures

C.

descendants

D.

records

4.

Which of the following best favors a smaller body size?

A.

s small, isolated area where there is a limited food supply

B.

a mainland where there is a little competition for survival

C.

an environment where there are many predators

D.

an island that has a large and varied food supply

5.

According to the passage, all of the following can dwarf a species of animal or human except

A.

limited land

B.

little food

C.

few predators

D.

a deeply forested area with little sunshine

6.

Which of the following is true of the newly discovered species?

A.

They are the only human species to live with modern man.

B.

They were only as intelligent as a three-year-old child.

C.

They moved from island to island.

D.

They needed less food than modern human.

7.

We learn from the passage that dwarfing has occurred

A.

on every continent

B.

on other islands as well

C.

only on the island discussed in the passage

D.

none of the above

8.

According to the passage, why does a smaller size help species survive under certain

condition?

A.

It allows them to consume less food.

R

R

R

E

E

E

V

V

V

I

I

I

E

E

E

W

W

W

F

F

F

O

O

O

R

R

R

T

T

T

H

H

H

E

E

E

2

2

2

S

S

S

T

T

T

S

S

S

E

E

E

M

M

M

E

E

E

S

S

S

T

T

T

E

E

E

R

R

R

T

T

T

E

E

E

S

S

S

T

T

T

-

-

-

E

E

E

N

N

N

G

G

G

L

L

L

I

I

I

S

S

S

H

H

H

1

1

1

0

0

0

119

B.

It makes them more difficult for predators to see.

C.

It allows them to move more quickly.

D.

All of the above

9.

In the passage, the term “the same environmental space” means

A.

the island

B.

Asia

C.

The mountains

D.

Australia

10.

Which of the best place for the following sentence?

“ This discovery has taught scientists a lot about the human species”

A.

[1]

B.

[2]

C.

[3]

D.

[4]

B. Read the passage and then decide which word (A, B, C, or D) best fits each space.

Modern cinema audiences expect to see plenty of thrilling scenes in action film. These scenes, which

are (1)_______as stunts, are usually given by stuntmen who are specially trained to do dangerous

things safely. (2)________ can crash a car, but if you’re shooting a film, you have to extremely

(3)______sometimes

stopping

right

in

front

of

the

camera

and

the

film

crew.

At

an

early

(4)________ in the production, an expert stuntman is (5)______in to work out the action scenes and

form a team. He is the only person who can go against the wishes of the director, (6)_______ he will

usually only do this in the regards of safety.

Many famous actor like to do the dangerous part by themselves, which produces better shots,

since stuntmen don’t have to (7)______ in for the actors. Actors like to become (8)______in all the

important aspects of

the

character

they are

playing, but without the

recent process in safety

equipment, insurance companies would never (9) _______them take the risk. To do their own stunts,

actors need to be good athletes, but they must also be sensible and know their (10)_______. If they

were to be hurt, the film would come to a sudden halt.

1. A. remarkedB. known

C. referred

D. named

2. A. Everyone

B. Someone

C. Anyone

D. No-one

3. A. detailed

B. plain

C. straight

D. precise

4. A. period

B. minute

C. part

D. stage

5. A. led

B. taken

C. drawn

D. called

6. A. despite

B. so

C. although

D. otherwise

7. A. work

B. get

C. put

D. stand

8. A. connected

B. arranged

C. involved

D. affected

9. A. allow

B. let

C. permit

D. admit

10. A. limits

B. ends

C. frontiers

D. borders

C. Read the passage and fill in the gaps, using one word in each:

Whenever you are football crazy or keen on tennis, working out to music can improve the co-

ordination of your mind and body. The suggestion that rock or pop music that may ever (1) ________a part

in sports training would have been (2)________ as a joke not so long ago. But today modern music is

increasingly filling the gym as well as the front room.

The (3)_______of exercise to music is not new. For years, especially in eastern Europe, the benefits

of sportsmen and sportswomen receiving instruction in ballet and classical dance, with their stress

(4)________total body control and balance, have been (5)________ recognized.

Figure- skating and ice-dance are (6)__________to music and can be said to be specialized forms of

this type of exercise. But ballet and classical dance can be applied to other sports than are also (7)_________

to the eye, such as gymnastics and skiing, both of (8) ________ demand high standard of balance, co-

ordination and suppleness.

In western Europe and North American, much more interest has been shown in working out to

classical music. Even

sports which seem to (9)_______ muscular strength more than other physical

R

R

R

E

E

E

V

V

V

I

I

I

E

E

E

W

W

W

F

F

F

O

O

O

R

R

R

T

T

T

H

H

H

E

E

E

2

2

2

S

S

S

T

T

T

S

S

S

E

E

E

M

M

M

E

E

E

S

S

S

T

T

T

E

E

E

R

R

R

T

T

T

E

E

E

S

S

S

T

T

T

-

-

-

E

E

E

N

N

N

G

G

G

L

L

L

I

I

I

S

S

S

H

H

H

1

1

1

0

0

0

120

requirement have taken (10)__________ exercise to music as a valuable addition to (11) ______ own

specialized training schemes.

Devotees of soccer, rugby and rowing now regularly train to music: even those who take part in

weightlifting, which demands enormous physical strength, and (12)_____in athletics field events, find that

exercise to music is beneficial and (13)______ their movements more fluid.

Sport is benefiting form the keep-fit boom of recent years. Since the early 1980s, the advantages

aerobics, (14)________ particular, have been brought home to (15)________ mass audience by television,

tapes and books.

D. Read the article. Choose the most suitable heading from the list A - I for each part (1 - 7) of the

article. There is one extra heading that you do not need. There is an example at the beginning (0).

0 I

Larry Walters was a lorry driver, but he had always wanted to fly. After leaving school, he wanted to become

an Air Force pilot, but unfortunately, he was turned down because of his poor eyesight. So he had to do with

watching others fly the fighter jets that criss - crossed the skies over his backyard. As he sat there in his

garden chair, he dreamed about the magic of flying.

1

Then one day, Larry came across an advertisement in the local paper and realized there was a way of making

his dreams come true. He went to a specialist store and bought forty - five weather balloons and several tanks

of helium. These were not brightly - coloured party balloons, but large spheres measuring more than one

metre when fully inflated. His plan was to float lazily into the sky, and spend the afternoon running himself

10m above his girlfriend's garden before eventually coming back down to earth.

2

When he returned home, he attached the balloons to his garden chair, tied the chair to his car, and filled the

balloons with helium. Then he packed a few sandwiches and drinks and took his air gun so that he could

burst a few balloons when it was time to return to earth.

3

When his preparations were complete, Larry sat in his chair and cut the cord. But he made a mistake in his

calculations and things did not turn out quite as he had planned. He did not float up as gently as he had

expected: within seconds, he passed the 10m altitude that he had hoped to reach, rising quickly to 30m and

then 300m. he climbed and went on climbing until he finally leveled at 3,000m.

4

At that height, he did not want to risk shooting any of the balloons because he was afraid it might unbalance

his aircraft and send him, crashing to the ground. So he stayed up there among the clouds, sailing around for

fourteen hours desperately trying to come up with a solution to the problem of how to get back to earth.

5

Eventually, many hours later, he drifted into the main approach corridor for Los Angeles International

Airport. Fortunately, a Pan Am flight passed him and air traffic control was alerted. The pilot explained that

he had just seen an armed man floating in a garden chair at 3,000m just outside the plane. Understandably,

the air traffic controller found this difficult to believe, but a few minutes later a Delta Airlines pilot called

with the same message. Radar confirmed the existence of an unidentified flying object above the airport and

the authorities sent for a Navy helicopter to investigate.

6

As night began to fall, offshore breezes began to blow Larry out to sea, and when the helicopter arrives, the

wind from the propeller kept pushing his home - made aircraft further away. Eventually, they hovered

several hundred metres above him and managed to drop down a line, with which they were able to pull him

gradually back to safety.

7

As soon as Larry hit the ground, he was taken away by the police charged with invading Los Angeles

'International Airport airspace. But as he was being led away in handcuffs, a television reported called out,”

Why did you do it?" Larry stopped, looked at the man and explained. "I've been dreaming of flying for years.

I just got tired of waiting".

A. No way down F. A bright idea

R

R

R

E

E

E

V

V

V

I

I

I

E

E

E

W

W

W

F

F

F

O

O

O

R

R

R

T

T

T

H

H

H

E

E

E

2

2

2

S

S

S

T

T

T

S

S

S

E

E

E

M

M

M

E

E

E

S

S

S

T

T

T

E

E

E

R

R

R

T

T

T

E

E

E

S

S

S

T

T

T

-

-

-

E

E

E

N

N

N

G

G

G

L

L

L

I

I

I

S

S

S

H

H

H

1

1

1

0

0

0

121

B. An incredible report G. Heading for the clouds

C. A difficult rescue H. Getting ready for take - off

D. Free as a bird I. A lifelong ambition

E. Under arrest

ANSWER KEYS :

QUESTION 2

A

1.B

2.C

3.D

4.C

5.D

6.C

7.D

8.C

9.B

10.A

B.

1. A

2.B

3.A

4.A

5.D

6.D

7.B

8. A

9.A

10.A

C.

1. play 2. considered / regarded

3. idea / concept 4. on

5. widely 6. performed

7.pleasing / satisfying 8. which

9.demand 10. up

11.their 12. competitors

13.makes / keeps 14. in

15.a

D. 1. F 2. H

3. G

4. A

5.B

6.C

7.E

R

R

R

E

E

E

V

V

V

I

I

I

E

E

E

W

W

W

F

F

F

O

O

O

R

R

R

T

T

T

H

H

H

E

E

E

2

2

2

S

S

S

T

T

T

S

S

S

E

E

E

M

M

M

E

E

E

S

S

S

T

T

T

E

E

E

R

R

R

T

T

T

E

E

E

S

S

S

T

T

T

-

-

-

E

E

E

N

N

N

G

G

G

L

L

L

I

I

I

S

S

S

H

H

H

1

1

1

0

0

0

122

QUESTION III: Grammar ( 20 points)

A. Put each verb given in brackets into an appropriate tense or form.(

1. "You have just missed the last train." "Never mind, I (walk)……………..."

2. "When we (take)………………. our exams, we (have) ……………..a holiday."

3. "You (know)……………… the way to the Global Theatre?" "No." "Then I (show) ………………….you."

`4. Thousands of people (see)……………… this exhibition by the end of the month.

5. By the time you (finish)……………….. cooking they (do)……………. their homework.

6. I don't think he (change)……………………. in the thirty years I (know)………………….. him.

7. Then about a year ago he (disappear)……………………. and I (never hear) ………………………from

him since.

8. My father (fight)……………………… for four years in the last war.

9. I'm taking my daughter out tonight. She (not have)………………. fun for a long time.

10. You're just in time to hear a nice bit of news. Our neighbor is engaged to get married.

He (bring)………………….. me the news himself this morning.

B. Complete the following sentences using the verbs given in the box. You have to use the correct tenses

of the verbs and the appropriate particles.

GIVE DRAW BRING GET COME

PUT SHOUT NOTE ADD DRIFT

1. The lady ............................. the bus, walked toward the shop and entered it.

2. The victim didn't have the least idea how he ............................. the plane crash.

3. I'll tell you what, she will soon ............................. the secret .............................

4. The serious face of teacher ............................. the lazy student ............................. cheating in the exam

room.

5. The goalkeeper asked something and the captain ............................. a reply.

6. I think a sip of wine can ............................. him.

7. His comment only ............................. her resentment toward him.

8. At the moment they ............................. a plan for their next picnic.

9. After the argument, they were ............................. from each other.

10. The students were trying to ............................. the explanation given by the famous lecturer.

C. Fill in each of the blanks with an appropriate preposition.

1. She nodded her head ............................. assent.

2. These new TV sets are ............................. great demand.

3. I've been away so long I feel ............................. touch with things.

4. The favourite will win, he is ............................. very good form.

5. He bought the property ............................. a view to building a factory on it.

6. It's unbelievable. The under - dog is ............................. the lead.

7. They are ............................. league ............................. our enemies.

8. I disagreed with his ideas ............................. principle.

9. In those days people concealed their beliefs ............................. pain of death.

10. I am not ............................. the least interested.

ANSWER KEYS

QUESTION 3

A.

1. will walk

2. have taken – shall show

3. Do …… know – will show

4. will have seen

5. finish – shall have done

R

R

R

E

E

E

V

V

V

I

I

I

E

E

E

W

W

W

F

F

F

O

O

O

R

R

R

T

T

T

H

H

H

E

E

E

2

2

2

S

S

S

T

T

T

S

S

S

E

E

E

M

M

M

E

E

E

S

S

S

T

T

T

E

E

E

R

R

R

T

T

T

E

E

E

S

S

S

T

T

T

-

-

-

E

E

E

N

N

N

G

G

G

L

L

L

I

I

I

S

S

S

H

H

H

1

1

1

0

0

0

123

6. has changed – have known

7. disappeared – have never heard

8. fought

9. hasn’t had

10. brought

B.

1. got off

6. bring – round

2. came through

7. adds // added to

3. give - away 8. drawing up

4. put - off

9. drifting apart

5. shouted back

10. note down

C.

1. in

6. in

2. in

7. in – with

3. out of

8. in

4. in

9. on // under

5. with

10. in

R

R

R

E

E

E

V

V

V

I

I

I

E

E

E

W

W

W

F

F

F

O

O

O

R

R

R

T

T

T

H

H

H

E

E

E

2

2

2

S

S

S

T

T

T

S

S

S

E

E

E

M

M

M

E

E

E

S

S

S

T

T

T

E

E

E

R

R

R

T

T

T

E

E

E

S

S

S

T

T

T

-

-

-

E

E

E

N

N

N

G

G

G

L

L

L

I

I

I

S

S

S

H

H

H

1

1

1

0

0

0

124

QUESTION IV: word form(20 points)

A.

Choose the right verbs provided in the box, then use the most suitable forms of the verbs to fill

in the numbered blanks.

ENVIRONMENT DEEP EASY LONG ABLE EXPLORE

BEGIN INDUSTRY FAR WORRY FREEZE

If the worst fear of Russian and Western(0) environmentalists turn out to be true, as seem likely,

the(1)…………………………………..of a single major (2)…………………………………plant to poison a

take containing one-fifth of the planet’s fresh water will be (3)………………………new evidence of just

how(4)………………………….the Earth’s life support system can be harmed. Lake Baikal,400 miles

in(5)……………………………and

the

deepest

in

the

world,

is

one

of

the

last

few(6)………………………places on Earth.(7)…………………….over in winter. it curves through a part

of Siberia where Asia is spiltting apart ,the(8)…………………..of a future ocean. More than 5,000 feet in

(9)…………………………..with another four-mile-thick layer of mud(10)……………………….down ,the

lake’s cold, oxygen-rich water are full of strange life forms.

B. Complete these sentences, using the suitable form of the words in brackets :

1.

There will be a special ………….for these patients of bird flu.( separated )

2.

I think you should write something more for your instruction. It is ……….

( complete )

3.

……….is very important in scientific experiments .( accurate )

4.

……….is a person who follows or attends a course for doing something.( train )

5.

I don’t want to go at first, but later I have to because of her………..( persuade )

6.

The ………. problem should be solved before the end of this month.( theory )

The forest fire seemed to be………..by the rain yesterday.( weak )

7.

They worked …………after their demand had been refused.( patient )

8.

The ABC company has had a very …………………………year.(success)

9.

The new schedules are not ….............with the night shift workers in our factory.( popular)

Answer keys

QUESTION 4 :WORD FORM

A.

1.

ability

2.

industrial

3.

worrying

4.

easily

5.

length

6.

unexplored

7.

frozen

8.

beginning

9.

depth

10.

further

B.

1. separation 2. uncompleted

3. accuracy 4. trainee

5. persuasion 6. theoretical

7. weakened 8. impatiently

9. successful

10. popularized

R

R

R

E

E

E

V

V

V

I

I

I

E

E

E

W

W

W

F

F

F

O

O

O

R

R

R

T

T

T

H

H

H

E

E

E

2

2

2

S

S

S

T

T

T

S

S

S

E

E

E

M

M

M

E

E

E

S

S

S

T

T

T

E

E

E

R

R

R

T

T

T

E

E

E

S

S

S

T

T

T

-

-

-

E

E

E

N

N

N

G

G

G

L

L

L

I

I

I

S

S

S

H

H

H

1

1

1

0

0

0

125

QUESTION V: Error Correction( 10 points)

Most of the lines in this text contain an unnecessary word. A few of the lines are correct.

Read the text carefully, find the extra words and mark them. Tick any lines that are correct.

Two examples are given.

............the....... 0 It’s quite rare to meet teenagers who don’t like the sports.

...........

........ 00 When you are young, you know how important it is to do

...................... 1 physical exercise if only you want to be healthy and strong,

...................... 2 and for there reason you often concentrate on just one sport

...................... 3 with so much of enthusiasm that in the end you can’t live

...................... 4 without it. The problem is, even though, that is you gow

...................... 5 up you have less and less spare time. At our age when you

...................... 6 have to study harder if you want to get good marks for to

...................... 7 go to university , with perhaps only one afternoon a week

...................... 8 to do any sport. This happens just when you are being at

...................... 9 the best age for many sports, such as gymnastics and

..................... 10 swimming .by the time you will finish all your studies you

..................... 11 will probably be too much old to be really good at sports like

..................... 12 those ,but if you have spend enough time on training while

..................... 13 you are young ,then one day you will find it that you are

..................... 14 very good at your sport but too old to study ,and what you

..................... 15 will find it impossible to get good job. Somehow , it doesn’t

seem fair.

QUESTION 5: ERROR CORRECTION

1.

only

2.

V

3.

of

4.

even

5.

when

6.

for

7.

V

8.

being

9.

V

10.

will

11.

much

12.

have

13.

it

14.

what

15.

V

R

R

R

E

E

E

V

V

V

I

I

I

E

E

E

W

W

W

F

F

F

O

O

O

R

R

R

T

T

T

H

H

H

E

E

E

2

2

2

S

S

S

T

T

T

S

S

S

E

E

E

M

M

M

E

E

E

S

S

S

T

T

T

E

E

E

R

R

R

T

T

T

E

E

E

S

S

S

T

T

T

-

-

-

E

E

E

N

N

N

G

G

G

L

L

L

I

I

I

S

S

S

H

H

H

1

1

1

0

0

0

126

QUESTION VI: Transformation( 10 points)

1.Is this the only way to reach the city center?

Isn’t……………………………………………………………………………………?

2.I have never seen such a mess in my life!

Never……………………………………………………………………………………

3.The weather is probably not going to change.

……………………………………………………………………………………………

4.I’d made up my mind, but at the last minute I lost my confidence. (FEET)

……………………………………………………………………………………………

5.I couldn’t help smiling when he told me of his plan. (A STRAIGHT FACE)

……………………………………………………………………………………………

6.He seemed to be worried about something. (IMPRESSION)

……………………………………………………………………………………………

7.Just thinking about his face at that moment makes me laugh.

The very………………………………………………………………………………

8.Their chances of success are small

It’ snot……………………………………………………………………………………

9. I really want to see her again. (DYING)

………………………………………………………………………………………………

10.This house is very different from the little flat we used to live in. (CRY)

……………………………………………………………………………………………

Answer keys

QUESTION 6:

1.

Isn’t there any another way to reach the city center?

2.

Never in my life have I seen such a mess!

3.

There will probably be no change in the weather.

4.

I’d made up my mind, but at the last minutes I got/had cold feet.

5.

I couldn’t keep a straight face when he told me of his plan.

6.

I had/got the impression that he was worried about something.

7.

The very thought of his face at that moment makes me laugh.

8.

It’s not likely that they will succeed.

9.

I am dying to see her again.

10.

This house is a far cry from the little flat we used to live in.

R

R

R

E

E

E

V

V

V

I

I

I

E

E

E

W

W

W

F

F

F

O

O

O

R

R

R

T

T

T

H

H

H

E

E

E

2

2

2

S

S

S

T

T

T

S

S

S

E

E

E

M

M

M

E

E

E

S

S

S

T

T

T

E

E

E

R

R

R

T

T

T

E

E

E

S

S

S

T

T

T

-

-

-

E

E

E

N

N

N

G

G

G

L

L

L

I

I

I

S

S

S

H

H

H

1

1

1

0

0

0

127

Së Gi¸o dôc - ®µo t¹o hµ néi k× thi chän häc sinh giái cÊp

TR

ƯỜ

NG tr­êng thpt øng hoµ a m«n

thi : tiÕng anh 10

N¨m häc 2009-2010

Thêi

gian : 120 phót

( §Ò

thi gåm 04 trang )

Hä vµ tªn thÝ sinh:…………………………………………….Sè b¸o danh………..

-----------------------------------------------------------------------

----------------------------------

A - PhÇn tr¾c nghiÖm:

I. Choose the word that has the underlined part pronounced differently from the rest:

1. A. watched B. stopped

C. located

D. washed

2. A. food

B. school

C. foot

D. afternoon

3. A. sense

B. music

C. discuss

D. serious

4. A. delights B. lives

C. business

D. roles

5. A. human B. woman

C. brilliant

D. humane

II. Choose A, B, C or D to complete the following sentences :

6. This river is ……………..with chemical waste from those factories.

A. polluted

B. polluting

C. pollutant

D. pollution

7. If Americans ate fewer foods with sugar and salt, their general health ……….better.

A. be

B. will be

C. is

D. would be

8. You won’t get well…………………….you take your medicine.

A. unless

B. if

C. provided

D. in case

9. I saw Jack yesterday morning while I………………….home from work.

A. walked

B. had been walking

C. was walking

D. am walking

10. My brother is interested in doing………………….research.

A. scientist

B. science

C. scientific

D. scientifically

11. I’ll let you know as soon as I……………….the results.

A. will get

B. get

C. got

D. am getting

12. Mary always ………………………….careful notes of what her teachers say.

A. makes

B. writes

C. takes

D. draws

13. It takes a long time……………………………….a foreign language.

A. to learning

B. to learn

C. learning

D. for us learn

14. Many species of animals and plants today are…………………

A. endangered

B. in risk

C. risky

D. under danger

15. She had changed so much that……………………..anyone recognized her.

A. almost

B. hardly

C. not

D. nearly

16. He filled in the necessary forms and …………………….for a job.

A. appealed

B. asked

C. requested

D. applied

17. I’m very busy at the moment so it may take a…………time to answer your letters.

A. little

B. few

C. small

D. some

III. Choose A, B, C or D that needs correcting :

18. Jogging is the more popular form of exercise among the under-40s.

A

B

C D

19. It’s nearly two years since I last have gone to Da Lat.

A

B C D

20. This time tomorrow, I’ll be relax by my swimming pool.

A B C D

21. I like the present whom you gave me on my birthday.

A

B C D

R

R

R

E

E

E

V

V

V

I

I

I

E

E

E

W

W

W

F

F

F

O

O

O

R

R

R

T

T

T

H

H

H

E

E

E

2

2

2

S

S

S

T

T

T

S

S

S

E

E

E

M

M

M

E

E

E

S

S

S

T

T

T

E

E

E

R

R

R

T

T

T

E

E

E

S

S

S

T

T

T

-

-

-

E

E

E

N

N

N

G

G

G

L

L

L

I

I

I

S

S

S

H

H

H

1

1

1

0

0

0

128

22. He didn’t get the job despite of his experience in the field.

A

B

C D

23. Ones of the most interesting things for me to do is listening to music.

A

B

C

D

24. The young has the future in their hands.

A

B

C

D

25. The man about that I told you yesterday is a famous scientist.

A B

C D

IV. Choose one word or phrase which best completes each gap of the passage:

Computers are helpful (26)…………….many ways. First, they are fast. They can work with information

(27)……………more quickly than a person. Second, computers can work with (28)………..information at

the same time. Third, they can (29)…………. information for a long time. They do not forget things the

common people do. Also, computers are (30)………… always correct. They are not perfect, of course, but

they usually do not (31)………..mistakes.

These day, (32)…………..is important to know about computers. There are a number of things to learn.

Some companies have classes (33)…………work. Also, most universities offer day and night courses in

computer science. (34)………way to learn is from a book, or from a friend. (35)…………….a few hours

of practise, you can work with computers. You may not be an expert, but you can have fun.

26. A. in

B. by

C. through

D. on

27. A. hardly

B. even

C. wholly

D. entirely

28. A. a lot

B. a lot of

C. plenty

D. much of

29. A. stay

B. remain

C. hold

D. keep

30. A. most

B. mostly

C. almost

D. hardly

31. A. do

B. take

C. make

D. have

32. A. this

B. that

C. they

D. it

33. A. at

B. in

C. for

D. with

34. A. Another

B. Other

C. Others

D. The other

35. A. Within

B. After

C. For

D. During

V. Choose the correct sentence among A, B, C or D which has the same meaning as the given one.

36. I’m looking for a job as a secretary.

A. I’m looking for someone who works as a secretary.

B. I was offer a job as a secretary.

C. I’m trying to find a job as a secretary.

D. A secretary is looking for a job as my job.

37. The thick fog made it impossible for me to drive to work.

A. I couldn’t drive.

B. I couldn’t control the car because the fog was thick.

C. I couldn’t control the car because of the thick fog.

D. The thick fog prevented me from driving to work.

38. I rang the doorbell, but nobody answered.

A. Although we rang the doorbell, there was no sound.

B. Although we rang the doorbell, nobody answered.

C. The doorbell rang, but nobody appeared.

D. Nobody was in, so the doorbell continued to ring.

39. Unless you can swim, you aren’t allowed to sail this boat.

A. Anyone who wants to sail this boat must be able to swim.

B. If you can’t swim, you will have to go in this boat.

C. You may sail this boat whether you can swim or not.

D. The only person allowed to swim are those in this boat.

40. They will have given up the research by now.

A. The research will been have given up by now.

B. They aren’t doing the research now.

C. The research will have been given up by now.

D. The research will be continued by now.

R

R

R

E

E

E

V

V

V

I

I

I

E

E

E

W

W

W

F

F

F

O

O

O

R

R

R

T

T

T

H

H

H

E

E

E

2

2

2

S

S

S

T

T

T

S

S

S

E

E

E

M

M

M

E

E

E

S

S

S

T

T

T

E

E

E

R

R

R

T

T

T

E

E

E

S

S

S

T

T

T

-

-

-

E

E

E

N

N

N

G

G

G

L

L

L

I

I

I

S

S

S

H

H

H

1

1

1

0

0

0

129

B - PhÇn tù luËn:

I. READING : Read the text carefully and answer the questions below:

There is no doubt that the environment is in trouble. Factories burn fossil fuels which produce acid

rain, and this kills trees. At the same time, greenhouse gases rise into the air and contribute to global

warming, which threatens to melt the polar ice cap. Meanwhile farmers clear huge areas of rain forest in

places such as the Amazon to produce feeding land for cattle or produce wood for building. Rivers and

oceans are so heavily contaminated by industrial waste that it is no longer safe to go swimming. Cars pump

out poisonous gases which we all have to breathe in. Poaching and overfishing are killing off millions of

animals, including whale, elephants and other endangered species. In fact, all around us, all living things

large and small which comprise our finely balanced ecosystem are being systematically destroyed by

human greed and thoughtlessness.

There is a lot we can do, however, to prevent this. The easiest thing, of course, is to recycle waste

material such as paper and glass so that we can use it again. If you are truly committed to protecting the

environment , of course, you should only buy organic fruit and vegetables, safe in the knowledge that they

have been naturally cultivated. Finally, we should buy a small car that uses unleaded petrol which is less

harmful to the environment or, even better, make more use of public transport.

1. According to the text, what kills trees ?



…………………………………………………………………………………………

2. Why are rivers and oceans no longer safe enough to swim in ?

…………………………………………………………………………………………..

3. According to the text, which animals are considered endangered ?



…………………………………………………………………………………………

4. In general, what is destroying our ecosystem ?



……………………………………………………………………………………………

5. According to the text, what can we do to protect the environment?



……………………………………………………………………………………………

II. Complete each sentence with a word formed from the word in CAPITALS.

1. You should always pay………… to what the teacher says. ATTEND

2. Tony is…………..to win the designing contest this time. DETERMINATION

3. Some students find it hard to learn English……………. . PRONOUNCE

4. The government is trying hard to deal with the problem of…… . EMPLOY

5. Television is one of the cheapest forms of…………….. . ENTERTAIN

6. Our company has just undergone some major……. changes. TECHNOLOGY

7. Her parents rarely……………….. her to go out with her

friends, especially at night. PERMISSION

8. The game has been cancelled because the number of….

…………. is too small. PARTICIPATE

1………………………….

5……………………………………

2…………………………

6……………………………………

3…………………………

7……………………………………

4…………………………

8……………………………………

III. Finish the second sentence so that it has a similar meaning to the first one:

1.The children couldn’t go swimming because the sea was very rough.



The sea was too………………………………………………………………

2.We didn’t have enough money, so we didn’t go on holiday.



If we………………………………………………………………………….

3 .Phone now or you will be late.



You will………………………………………………………………………

4. I advise you to put your money in a bank.



You’d ……………………………………………………………………….

5. We haven’t been to a concert for over a year.



The last time…………………………………………………………………

6 .I haven’t eaten this kind of food before.

R

R

R

E

E

E

V

V

V

I

I

I

E

E

E

W

W

W

F

F

F

O

O

O

R

R

R

T

T

T

H

H

H

E

E

E

2

2

2

S

S

S

T

T

T

S

S

S

E

E

E

M

M

M

E

E

E

S

S

S

T

T

T

E

E

E

R

R

R

T

T

T

E

E

E

S

S

S

T

T

T

-

-

-

E

E

E

N

N

N

G

G

G

L

L

L

I

I

I

S

S

S

H

H

H

1

1

1

0

0

0

130



This is the first……………………………………………………………….

7. They let their children go to the zoo last Sunday.



Their children……………………………………………………………….

IV. Build sentences , using the given words to make meaningful sentences.

1.

Tourists / come / all over / world / want / visit / historic buildings / London.



…………………………………………………………………………………………………………

………………………………………………………………………

2.

75% / earth surface / covered / seas / oceans.



……………………………………………………………………………………

3.

Scientists / send / submarines / devices / investigate / ocean depths.



…………………………………………………………………………………………………………

…………………………………………………………………..

4.

Young whales / now / danger / because of / increase / population / other sea animals.



…………………………………………………………………………………………………………

…………………………………………………………………………..

-

THE END –

ANSWERS

A - I.

1.C

2.C

3.B

4.A

5.D

II.

6.A

7.D

8.A

9.C

10.C

11.B

12.C

13.B

14.A

15.B

16.D

17.A

III.

18.B

19.D

20.C

21.B

22.B

23.A

24.B

25.A

IV. 26.A

27.B

28.B

29.D

30.C

31.C

32.D

33.A

34.A

35.B

V.

36.C

37.D

38.B

39.A

40.C

B - Reading : 2,5 ®iÓm

1.

Acid rain kills trees.

2.

Because they are heavily contaminated by industrial waste.

3.

Whales, elephants and some others.

4.

Human greed and thoughtlessness are destroying our ecosystem.

5.

To protect the environment , we can recycle waste materials, buy only organic fruit and

vegetables , use a small economical car , or use public transport.

I.

4 ®iÓm

1.

attention

5. entertainment

2.

determined

6. technological

3.

pronunciation

7. permit / permitted

4.

unemployment

8. participants

II.

3,5 ®iÓm

1. The sea was too rough for the children to go swimming.

2. If we had had enough money, we could have gone on a holiday.

3. You will be late if you don’t phone now.

4. You’d better put your money in a bank.

5. The last time I went to a concert was over a year ago.

6. This is the first time I have eaten this kind of food.

7. Their children were allowed to go to the zoo last Sunday.

III.

2 ®iÓm

1.

Tourists who come from all over the world want to visit historic buildings in London.

2.

75% of the earth surface is covered by seas and oceans.

3.

Scientists can send submarines and devices to investigate the ocean depths.

R

R

R

E

E

E

V

V

V

I

I

I

E

E

E

W

W

W

F

F

F

O

O

O

R

R

R

T

T

T

H

H

H

E

E

E

2

2

2

S

S

S

T

T

T

S

S

S

E

E

E

M

M

M

E

E

E

S

S

S

T

T

T

E

E

E

R

R

R

T

T

T

E

E

E

S

S

S

T

T

T

-

-

-

E

E

E

N

N

N

G

G

G

L

L

L

I

I

I

S

S

S

H

H

H

1

1

1

0

0

0

131

4.

Young whales are now in danger because of the increase in population of other sea animals.

ĐĐỀ THI CHỌN HỌC SINH GIỎI NĂM HỌC 2009-2010

MÔN: TIẾNG ANH - KHỐI 10

(Thời gian làm bài: 120 phút)

Full name:……………………………………………………………SBD:……………

---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

I. Put the verb in the correct form.

A.

Marry

had

to

go

to

New

York

last

week,

but

she

almost(1)…………..(miss)

the

plane.

She(2)…………….(stand) in the queue at the check-in desk when she suddenly(3)……………

(realise) that she(4)……………..(leave) her passport at home. Fortunately, she doesn’t live very far from

the airport, so she(5)………………(have) time to take a taxi home to get it. She(6)………….(get) back to

the airport just in time for her flight.

B.

Last

night

I(7)……………..(just/go)

to

bed

and

(8)……………...(read)

a

book

when

suddenly

I(9)…………….(hear)

a

noise.

I

(10)……………(get)

up

to

see

what

it

was

but

I

(11)………………(not/see) anything, so I (12)…………..(go) back to bed.

1…………………. 2………………… 3………………… 4………………….

5………………….6…………………

7…………………

8………………….

9………………….10………………….11……………….12………………..

II. Rewrite each of the following sentences in such a way that it has the same meaning as the printed

above sentence.

1. I had only just put the phone down when the Boss rang back.

-> Hardly…………………………………………………………………………………

2. While I strongly disapprove of your behaviour, I will help you this time.

-> Despite my ……………………………………………………………………………

3. Her hobby is one thing that she doesn’t intend to give up.

-> She has ………………………………………………………………………………..

4. They were seasoned travelers, which we hadn’t expected them to be!

-> Contrary ………………………………………………………………………………

5. She never seems to succeed, even though she works hard.

-> However ……………………………………………………………………………

6. My mother was the most warm-hearted person I’ve ever known.

-> I’ve ……………………………………………………………………………………

7. The noise next door did not stop until after midnight.

-> It was not ……………………………………………………………………………..

8. He didn’t return to his native village until the war ended.

-> Not until ………………………………………………………………………………

9. “ Don’t do that! Are you mad?” She said to me.

-> She told………………………………… and………………………………………

10. Someone is going to repair my TV tomorrow.

-> I’m …………………………………………………………………………………..

11. People say that he beats his wife.

-> He…………………………………………………………………………………

12. I would love to live in Paris for a year.

-> If only……………………………………………………………………………….

13. “ You stole the jewels!” the Inspector said to him.

-> The inspector accused…………………………………………………………………

14. You can try to get Tim to lend you his car but you won’t succeed.

SỞ GD-ĐT H À NỘI

TRƯỜNG THPT

PHÚ XUYÊN A

R

R

R

E

E

E

V

V

V

I

I

I

E

E

E

W

W

W

F

F

F

O

O

O

R

R

R

T

T

T

H

H

H

E

E

E

2

2

2

S

S

S

T

T

T

S

S

S

E

E

E

M

M

M

E

E

E

S

S

S

T

T

T

E

E

E

R

R

R

T

T

T

E

E

E

S

S

S

T

T

T

-

-

-

E

E

E

N

N

N

G

G

G

L

L

L

I

I

I

S

S

S

H

H

H

1

1

1

0

0

0

132

-> There’s no point……………………………………………………………………….

15. “ Why hasn’t Peter phoned?” She wondered.

-> She wondered……………………………………………………………………….

III: Read the text below and think of the word which best fits each space. Use only one word in each

space. After each space you are given a clue to the kind of word that is missing.

Regrets

Most of us (0) are always forgetting important dates, apart (1)....................(preposition) the lucky few

(2)………………….(relative pronoun) are blessed with a good memory or the ability to organize (3)

.................(reflexive pronoun) so they don't forget important obligations. How many times (4) ...................

(auxiliary verb) we all said, "I wish I had remembered!" How (5) ............... (adverb of frequency) have we

offended people by failing to remember (6)………….(pronoun) birthdays or name

days?(7)………….(conjunction) they say it doesn't matter, we know, deep down, that we

(8)…………(auxiliary verb) hurt their feelings. We can always try to make it (9) .............. (preposition) to

them next time but unfortunately the damage has (10) .............. (auxiliary verb) done and our relationship

with that person (11) ............ (modal verb, future) never quite be the same again.

On the other hand, we sometimes do (12) .............. (very or too?) much for someone else because we

want to please them and then feel we have damaged (13) .................. (pronoun) own interests in doing so.

When friends (14) .................. ( auxiliary verb) involved we may find it difficult to say "no" when they ask

us to (15)…………..( do or make?) them a favour, but true friendship should mean that we can say "no"

without risk to relationship.

1………………

2……………….3……………….4………………5………………

6………………

7……………….

8……………….9……………10……………..

11……………..

12………………13………………14……………..15……………..

IV. Read the text below use the words given in capitals at the end of each line to form a word that

fits in the space in the same line.

One thing i know is that I wouldn’t like to have an occupation

occupy

that has anything to do with physics, (1)………….. or maths;

chemist

I am not the (2) …………… type at all. In fact at school, I was a science

Complete (3) ……………. In these subjects. Neither am I very good

fall

at dealing with people, nor am I (4) ………….. , so jobs in

ambition

business, administration and (5) …………. don’t really interest

Manage

me either, Morever I find it (6) ……………. to be surrounded by

irritate

a lot of people; I would much rather have a job involving creative

work or (7) ……………..skills of some sort. I would like to have

art

the chance of work outdoors (8) ………….. and perhaps do a bit of

occasion

traveling too, I am not (9) …………….concerned about becoming

paticular

rich but I would like to have a (10) ……………inome enough

reason

to live completely.

1) ………………

2) ……………….

3) ……………..4)………………

5)……………….

6)………………..

7)………………8)……………….

9)……………….

10)……………….

V. There is one mistake in each of the following sentences. Find and correct it.

1. He seldom goes to the market, doesn’t he?

2. One of the girls worked in that company was badly injured in the fire.

3. They are doing plans for their picnic in the countryside.

4. It was so good weather that we decided to go to the beach.

5. Thomas asked that Mary should go to see the doctor.

6. Nobody watched, so the boy took the packet of sweets from the shelf and putting it in his pocket.

7. One of the reasons why he was late for the meeting was because the bad weather.

8. My brother is falling in love on the girl he met at university.

9. He drove enough slowly to stop just in front of the accident on the way home.

10. What did you have for lunch? A few rice and some oranges.

1)……………………

2)………………….3)…………………..4)………………….

R

R

R

E

E

E

V

V

V

I

I

I

E

E

E

W

W

W

F

F

F

O

O

O

R

R

R

T

T

T

H

H

H

E

E

E

2

2

2

S

S

S

T

T

T

S

S

S

E

E

E

M

M

M

E

E

E

S

S

S

T

T

T

E

E

E

R

R

R

T

T

T

E

E

E

S

S

S

T

T

T

-

-

-

E

E

E

N

N

N

G

G

G

L

L

L

I

I

I

S

S

S

H

H

H

1

1

1

0

0

0

133

5)……………………

6)………………….7)…………………..8)………………….

9)……………………

10)…………………

VI. Make all the changes and additions necessary to produce from the following set for words and

phrases, sentences that together make a complete letter or paragraph.

Dear Robert,

1. Thank you/letter/ I receive/ when/ get home/ last night.

……………………………………………………………………………………………

2. I/ be pleased/ hear your/ after such/ long time.

……………………………………………………………………………………………

3. I love/ go ballet/ with you/ but I/ not be free/ until 6.30 p.m.

……………………………………………………………………………………………

4. How about come/ my flat/ and have/ something/ eat/ before/ go?

……………………………………………………………………………………………

5. I/ not want/ take my car/ because it be/ difficult/ find somewhere/ park.

……………………………………………………………………………………………

6. Why/ we not go/ taxi?

……………………………………………………………………………………………

7. Let hope/ dancing be/ good as/ reviews say.

……………………………………………………………………………………………

8. I look forward/ see you/ tomorrow night.

……………………………………………………………………………………………

Love,

Jackie

VII. Fill each of the numbered blanks in the following passage. Use only one word in each space.

Computers are helpful in many ways: First, they are fast. They can work with information much

more

quickly

than

a

person.

(1)……………,

computers

can

work

with

lots

of

information

at

the(2)……………time. Third, they can keep(3)………….. for a long time. They do not forget things the

way(4)……………do.Also, computers are almost always correct. They (5)…………

not perfect, of course, but they don’t usually make mistakes. These days, (6)……………is important to

know something about computers. There are a number of ways to(7)……………

Some companies have classes at work. Also, most universities offer day and(8)……………..

Courses in computer science. Another way to learn is (9)……………..a book. There are many books about

computers in bookstores and libraries. Or you can learn from a friend. After a few hours of practice you

can work with (10)…………… you may not be an expert, but you can have fun.

1………………

2………………

3………………

4……………….. 5………………

6………………

7……………… 8……………… 9………………..

10……………..

ĐÁP ÁN ĐỀ THI CHỌN HỌC SINH GIỎI NĂM HỌC 2009- 2010

MÔN: TIẾNG ANH- KHỐI 10

I. Put the verb in the correct form.

A. 1. missed

2. was standing

3. realised

4. had left

5. had

6. got

B. 7. had just gone

8. was reading 9. heard

10. got 11. didn’t see 12. went

II. Rewrite each of the following sentences in such a way that it has the same meaning as the printed

above sentence.

1.Hardly had i put the phone down when the boss rang.

2. Despite my strong disapprove of your behaviour, I will help you this time.

3. She has no intention of giving up her hoppy.

4. Contrary to what we had expected(them to be)/ our expectation, they were seasoned travelrs.

5. However hard she works she never seems to succeed.

6. I’ve never known a more warm- hearted person than my mother(was).

7. It was not until after midnight that the noise next door stopped.

8. Not until the war ended did he return to his native village.

9. She told me not to do that and asked (me) if I was mad.

10. I’m going to have my TV repaired tomorrow.

R

R

R

E

E

E

V

V

V

I

I

I

E

E

E

W

W

W

F

F

F

O

O

O

R

R

R

T

T

T

H

H

H

E

E

E

2

2

2

S

S

S

T

T

T

S

S

S

E

E

E

M

M

M

E

E

E

S

S

S

T

T

T

E

E

E

R

R

R

T

T

T

E

E

E

S

S

S

T

T

T

-

-

-

E

E

E

N

N

N

G

G

G

L

L

L

I

I

I

S

S

S

H

H

H

1

1

1

0

0

0

134

11. He is said to beat his wife.

12. If only I could live in Paris for a year.

13. The inspector accused him of stealing jewels.

14.There’s no point in your trying to get him to lend you his car.

15. She wondered why Peter hadn’t phoned.

III. Read the text below and think of the word which best fits each space. Use only one word in each

space. After each space you are given a clue to the kind of word that is missing.

1. from 2. who 3. themselves 4. have 5. often

6. their 7. although

8.have

9. up

10. been

11. can 12. too 13. our

14. are 15.do

IV. Read the text below use the words given in capitals at the end of each line to form a word that

fits in the space in the same line.

1. chemistry

2. scientific

3. failure

4. ambitious

5. management

6. irritating

7. artistic

8. occassionally

9. particularly 10. reasonable

V. There is one mistake in each of the following sentences. Find and correct it.

1. doesn’t –does

2. worked- working/who worked

3. doing- making

4. so- such

5. asked- suggested

6. putting- put 7. because- because of

8. on – with

9. enough slowly- slowly enough

10. few- little

VI. Make all the changes and additions necessary to produce from the following set for words and

phrases, sentences that together make a complete letter or paragraph.

1. Thank you for the letter that I received when I got home last night.

2. I was pleased to hear from you after such a long time.

3. I’d love to go to the ballet with you but I won’t free until 6.30 p.m.

4. How about coming to my flat and have something to eat before we go?

5. I don’t want to take my car because it will be difficulty to find somewhere to park.

6. Why don’t we go by taxi?

7. Let’s hope the dancing will be good as the reviews say.

8. I’m looking forward to seeing you tomorrow night.

VII. Fill each of the numbered blanks in the following passage. Use only one word in each space.

1. second

2. same

3. information 4. to

5. are

6. it

7. learn8. night

9. from 10. computers

R

R

R

E

E

E

V

V

V

I

I

I

E

E

E

W

W

W

F

F

F

O

O

O

R

R

R

T

T

T

H

H

H

E

E

E

2

2

2

S

S

S

T

T

T

S

S

S

E

E

E

M

M

M

E

E

E

S

S

S

T

T

T

E

E

E

R

R

R

T

T

T

E

E

E

S

S

S

T

T

T

-

-

-

E

E

E

N

N

N

G

G

G

L

L

L

I

I

I

S

S

S

H

H

H

1

1

1

0

0

0

135